1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
106 \extra_embedded_files ""
120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
122 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
125 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
131 \begin_inset Newline newline
135 \begin_inset Newline newline
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
147 \begin_inset Newline newline
152 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
160 \begin_layout Standard
161 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
162 LatexCommand tableofcontents
169 \begin_layout Chapter
173 \begin_layout Section
177 \begin_layout Standard
178 LyX is a document preparation system.
179 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
180 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
181 It is unlike most other
182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
189 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
191 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
203 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
208 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
230 \begin_layout Standard
232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
244 the format of all of the manuals.
245 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
246 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 \begin_layout Section
267 \begin_layout Standard
268 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
270 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
271 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
273 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
292 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
295 \begin_layout Standard
296 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
297 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
298 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
300 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
301 only a vertical scrollbar.
302 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
303 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
304 This, however, is due
305 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
306 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
307 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
308 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
310 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
311 this doesn't work for equations yet.
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
323 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
328 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
329 ing sections of this documentation.
332 \begin_layout Section
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
342 of the manuals from inside LyX.
343 Just select the manual you want read from the
350 \begin_layout Section
352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
354 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
363 without resorting to configuration files.
364 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
365 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
366 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
381 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
382 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
383 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
384 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
386 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Reconfiguration of LyX
399 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
402 \begin_layout Section
404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
406 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
413 \begin_layout Standard
414 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
415 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
438 that will be created when using the menu
440 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
459 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
460 \begin_inset Note Note
463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
472 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
473 More on ERT is described in section
478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
484 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
505 Reconfiguration of LyX
513 \begin_layout Chapter
517 \begin_layout Section
518 Basic File Operations
522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 \begin_layout Standard
536 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
540 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
564 \begin_layout Itemize
570 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Standard
641 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
642 a few minor differences.
645 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
660 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
661 you for a template to use.
662 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
663 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
664 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
672 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
679 \begin_layout Standard
681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
704 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
705 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
708 \begin_layout Standard
729 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
734 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
759 will reload the document from disk.
760 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
761 and want to restore it to the last save.
770 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
771 can identify this as your changes.
774 \begin_layout Section
775 Basic Editing Features
779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
788 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
797 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
798 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
799 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
801 We'll start with cut and paste.
804 \begin_layout Standard
805 As you might expect, the
809 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
810 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
814 \begin_layout Itemize
820 \begin_layout Itemize
826 \begin_layout Itemize
832 \begin_layout Itemize
842 \begin_layout Itemize
852 \begin_layout Itemize
866 \begin_layout Standard
867 The first three are self-explanatory.
868 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
869 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
878 keys also functions as the
883 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
884 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
889 to get back the lost text.
892 \begin_layout Standard
896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
902 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
911 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
914 \begin_layout Standard
917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
922 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
933 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
939 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
948 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
949 will start a new paragraph.
952 \begin_layout Standard
956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
974 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
998 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1003 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1006 \begin_inset Space ~
1015 \begin_inset Space ~
1020 button to skip the current word.
1024 \begin_inset Space ~
1029 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1033 \begin_inset Space ~
1038 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1040 If the toggle is set, searching for
1041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1052 will not match the word
1053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1067 Match whole words only
1069 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1097 \begin_layout Standard
1098 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1099 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1101 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1106 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1113 \begin_layout Section
1118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1137 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1144 \begin_layout Standard
1145 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1146 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1152 to undo some mistake.
1153 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1171 \begin_layout Standard
1172 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1173 it was last saved, the
1174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1181 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1182 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1185 \begin_layout Standard
1194 work on almost everything in LyX.
1195 They have some quirks, too.
1204 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1205 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1213 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1214 surely appreciate how it works.
1217 \begin_layout Section
1222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1235 \begin_layout Enumerate
1240 \begin_layout Itemize
1245 once anywhere in the edit window.
1246 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1250 \begin_layout Enumerate
1255 \begin_layout Itemize
1261 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1264 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1267 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1270 \begin_layout Itemize
1271 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 \begin_layout Enumerate
1281 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1285 \begin_layout Standard
1290 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1291 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1292 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1296 \begin_layout Enumerate
1301 \begin_layout Standard
1306 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1311 \begin_layout Section
1313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1315 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1333 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1334 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1336 LyX's default is CUA.
1339 \begin_layout Standard
1343 \begin_inset Space ~
1351 \begin_inset Space ~
1372 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1376 \begin_layout Labeling
1377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1381 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1382 LatexCommand nomenclature
1384 description "Tabulator key"
1390 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1391 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1392 \begin_inset Space ~
1396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1398 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1405 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1409 , especially section
1410 \begin_inset Space ~
1414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1416 reference "sub:Lists"
1422 If you're still confused, look in the
1429 \begin_layout Labeling
1430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1435 LatexCommand nomenclature
1437 description "Escape key"
1444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1451 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1452 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1455 \begin_layout Labeling
1456 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1462 \begin_inset Space ~
1466 \begin_inset Space ~
1473 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1474 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1479 There are three modifier keys:
1482 \begin_layout Labeling
1483 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1501 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1502 LatexCommand nomenclature
1504 description "Control key"
1508 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1509 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1513 \begin_layout Itemize
1522 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1525 \begin_layout Itemize
1534 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1537 \begin_layout Itemize
1546 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1550 \begin_layout Labeling
1551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1569 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1570 LatexCommand nomenclature
1572 description "Shift key"
1576 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1577 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1580 \begin_layout Labeling
1581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1599 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1600 LatexCommand nomenclature
1602 description "Meta or Alt key"
1606 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1607 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1608 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1614 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1616 menu accelerator keys
1619 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1620 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1624 \begin_layout Standard
1625 For example, the sequence
1626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1632 \begin_inset Space ~
1636 \begin_inset Space ~
1642 \begin_inset Space ~
1650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1673 \begin_inset Space ~
1679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1689 \begin_layout Standard
1690 There are also other things bound to the
1694 key, but you'll have to check in the
1706 \begin_layout Standard
1707 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1708 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1709 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1710 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1711 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1712 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1713 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1729 followed by a capital
1735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1753 \begin_layout Chapter
1758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_layout Section
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_layout Subsection
1785 \begin_layout Standard
1786 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1787 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1788 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1789 numbering schemes, and so on.
1790 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1791 and format the title of your document differently.
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1799 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1800 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1801 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1802 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1803 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1806 \begin_layout Standard
1807 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1808 how to adjust their properties.
1811 \begin_layout Subsection
1816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1825 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1836 \begin_layout Standard
1837 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1841 \begin_layout Description
1842 Article for basic articles
1845 \begin_layout Description
1846 Report for basic reports
1849 \begin_layout Description
1850 Book for writing a book
1853 \begin_layout Description
1854 Letter for US-style letters
1857 \begin_layout Standard
1858 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1860 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1861 can be found in chapter
1863 Special Document Classes
1872 \begin_layout Description
1873 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1876 \begin_layout Description
1883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1892 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1896 \begin_layout Description
1897 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1898 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1899 There are three article layouts available.
1900 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1901 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1902 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1903 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1908 sequential numbering
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1912 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1913 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1914 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1915 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1918 \begin_layout Description
1919 Beamer Layout for presentations
1922 \begin_layout Description
1923 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1924 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1928 \begin_layout Description
1930 \begin_inset Space ~
1933 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1936 \begin_layout Description
1937 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1940 \begin_layout Description
1943 Die TeXnische Komödie
1945 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1948 \begin_layout Description
1949 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1952 \begin_layout Description
1953 Foils Used to make transparencies
1956 \begin_layout Description
1957 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1960 \begin_layout Description
1961 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1962 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1966 \begin_layout Description
1967 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1968 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1971 \begin_layout Description
1972 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1975 \begin_layout Description
1976 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1979 \begin_layout Description
1980 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1981 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1984 \begin_layout Description
1985 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1988 \begin_layout Description
1993 LaTeX document class
1996 \begin_layout Description
1997 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2000 \begin_layout Description
2005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2012 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2013 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2015 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2018 \begin_layout Description
2019 Slides Used to make transparencies
2022 \begin_layout Description
2024 \begin_inset Space ~
2027 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2028 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2031 \begin_layout Description
2032 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2035 \begin_layout Description
2040 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2043 \begin_layout Standard
2044 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2046 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2051 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2052 of the document classes.
2055 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2059 \begin_layout Standard
2060 You can select a class using the
2062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2076 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2084 \begin_layout Standard
2085 Each class has a default set of options.
2086 Here's a quick table describing them:
2089 \begin_layout Standard
2090 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2098 \begin_inset Tabular
2099 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2559 \begin_layout Standard
2560 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2566 \begin_layout Standard
2567 You're probably also wondering what
2568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2572 \begin_inset Space ~
2576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2580 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2581 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2586 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2591 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2601 headings, there are also
2609 headings, and so on.
2610 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2611 \begin_inset Space ~
2615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2617 reference "sub:Headings"
2624 \begin_layout Subsection
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2638 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2658 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2671 \begin_inset Space ~
2676 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2678 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2679 to use for your document.
2680 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2688 \begin_inset Space ~
2697 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2698 You can choose between the following five options:
2701 \begin_layout Labeling
2702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2707 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2710 \begin_layout Labeling
2711 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2716 No page numbers or headings.
2719 \begin_layout Labeling
2720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2728 \begin_layout Labeling
2729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2734 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2735 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2736 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2739 \begin_layout Labeling
2740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2745 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2753 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2761 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2762 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2764 Check the documentation for the
2768 package for more details,
2769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2778 \begin_layout Standard
2783 of paragraphs is described in section
2784 \begin_inset Space ~
2788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2790 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2797 \begin_layout Subsection
2798 Paper Size and Orientation
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 Document ! Paper size
2809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2811 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2818 \begin_layout Standard
2819 You'll find the following options in the menu
2822 \begin_inset Space ~
2827 of the dialog of the
2829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 \begin_layout Labeling
2848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2853 What size paper to print on.
2857 \begin_layout Itemize
2863 \begin_layout Itemize
2873 \begin_layout Itemize
2879 \begin_layout Itemize
2885 \begin_layout Itemize
2891 \begin_layout Itemize
2897 \begin_layout Itemize
2903 \begin_layout Labeling
2904 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2909 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2920 \begin_layout Labeling
2921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2925 \begin_inset Space ~
2930 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2931 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2934 \begin_layout Subsection
2939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2965 \begin_layout Standard
2966 Paper margins are set in the menu
2968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2987 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2988 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2989 the paper format and the font size into account.
2992 \begin_layout Subsection
2996 \begin_layout Standard
2997 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3002 That includes the paragraph environments.
3003 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3004 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3005 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3006 paragraph environments to
3010 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3011 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3012 the conversion and why it failed.
3015 \begin_layout Section
3016 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3021 Paragraph ! Indentation
3029 \begin_layout Subsection
3031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3033 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3040 \begin_layout Standard
3041 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3042 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3045 \begin_layout Standard
3046 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3047 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3048 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3049 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3053 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3059 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3060 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3061 language than English.
3062 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3065 \begin_layout Standard
3066 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3067 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3069 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3070 LyX takes care of that.
3071 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3073 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3074 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3075 of a page, and so on.
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3085 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3086 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3090 of these pre-coded spacings.
3091 We'll explain more later.
3094 \begin_layout Subsection
3095 Paragraph Separation
3099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3100 Paragraph ! Separation
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3109 To separate paragraphs, select
3120 \begin_inset Space ~
3127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3141 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3142 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3155 \begin_layout Standard
3156 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3157 \begin_inset Space ~
3161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3163 reference "cap:Units"
3168 The default length is 30
3169 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
3175 \begin_layout Subsection
3179 \begin_layout Standard
3180 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3185 \begin_inset Space ~
3190 dialog and toggle the
3193 \begin_inset Space ~
3198 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3199 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3200 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3204 \begin_layout Standard
3205 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3206 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3209 \begin_layout Subsection
3214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3215 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3223 \begin_layout Standard
3226 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3242 \begin_inset Space ~
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3266 installed to use this feature.
3274 \begin_layout Section
3275 Paragraph Environments
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 Paragraph ! Environments
3286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3288 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3297 Paragraph environments|(
3305 \begin_layout Subsection
3309 \begin_layout Standard
3310 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3313 \begin_layout Standard
3332 \begin_inset Newline newline
3335 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3336 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3337 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3346 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3349 \begin_layout Standard
3350 A paragraph environment is simply a
3351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3358 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3359 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3360 scheme, labels, and so on.
3361 Additionally, you can
3362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3369 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3370 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3371 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3372 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3373 days of typewriters.
3374 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3376 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3379 \begin_layout Standard
3380 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3382 LyX will change the environment of the
3386 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3387 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3388 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3392 \begin_layout Standard
3401 create a new paragraph using the
3405 paragraph environment.
3407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3414 because if you are in one of these environments:
3417 \begin_layout Itemize
3423 \begin_layout Itemize
3429 \begin_layout Itemize
3435 \begin_layout Itemize
3441 \begin_layout Itemize
3447 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Standard
3460 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3464 , rather than resetting it to
3469 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3470 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3471 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3472 \begin_inset Space ~
3476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3478 reference "sec:Nesting"
3483 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3488 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3489 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3497 \begin_layout Subsection
3501 \begin_layout Standard
3502 The default paragraph environment is
3507 It creates a plain paragraph.
3508 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3509 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3510 this manual) are in the
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3518 You can nest a paragraph using the
3522 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3530 \begin_layout Subsection
3535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 \begin_layout Standard
3545 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3554 for thanks or contact information.
3555 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3556 page along with today's date.
3557 For other types of documents, the title
3558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3565 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3569 \begin_layout Standard
3570 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3584 Here's how you use them:
3587 \begin_layout Itemize
3588 Put the title of your document in the
3595 \begin_layout Itemize
3596 Put the author name in the
3603 \begin_layout Itemize
3604 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3605 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3611 Note that using this environment is optional.
3612 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3613 If you don't want any date, add the line
3614 \begin_inset Newline newline
3624 \begin_inset Newline newline
3627 to the preamble of your document (menu
3629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3636 You can use footnotes to insert
3637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3644 or contact informations.
3647 \begin_layout Subsection
3652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3668 \begin_layout Standard
3669 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3670 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3679 Section headings ! Numbered
3687 \begin_layout Standard
3688 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3692 \begin_layout Enumerate
3698 \begin_layout Enumerate
3704 \begin_layout Enumerate
3710 \begin_layout Enumerate
3716 \begin_layout Enumerate
3722 \begin_layout Enumerate
3728 \begin_layout Enumerate
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3735 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3736 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3737 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3741 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3742 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3743 You group the book into chapters.
3744 LyX does similar grouping:
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3752 is divided in either
3761 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3809 \begin_layout Itemize
3821 \begin_layout Standard
3822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3830 Not all document types use the
3834 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3839 is the top-level heading.
3847 \begin_layout Standard
3852 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3853 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3855 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3867 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3881 \begin_layout Standard
3882 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3886 \begin_layout Enumerate
3892 \begin_layout Enumerate
3898 \begin_layout Enumerate
3904 \begin_layout Enumerate
3910 \begin_layout Enumerate
3916 \begin_layout Standard
3918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3925 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3926 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3927 table of contents, see section
3928 \begin_inset Space ~
3932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3941 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3942 Changing the Numbering
3943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3945 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3954 in the Table of Contents.
3955 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3957 Certain classes start with
3971 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3981 This is something you can change.
3984 \begin_layout Standard
3987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4007 \begin_inset Space ~
4011 \begin_inset Space ~
4016 you'll see two counters.
4021 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4023 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4028 Short Titles of Headings
4032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4033 Section headings ! Short titles
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4051 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4058 \begin_layout Standard
4059 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4060 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4061 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4062 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4065 \begin_layout Standard
4066 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4067 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4068 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4069 To specify a short title, use the menu
4071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4073 \begin_inset Space ~
4079 This will insert a box labeled
4080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4095 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4096 This also works for captions inside floats.
4099 \begin_layout Standard
4100 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4103 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4108 The following information applies to all section headings:
4111 \begin_layout Itemize
4112 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4115 \begin_layout Itemize
4116 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4120 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4123 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4127 \begin_layout Subsection
4128 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4146 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4147 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4148 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4149 the text they contain.
4150 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4158 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4161 \begin_layout Standard
4162 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4171 when you start a new paragraph.
4172 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4176 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4177 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4178 to change back to the
4182 environment yourself.
4185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4216 time for the differences.
4225 are identical except for one difference:
4229 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4238 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 Here's an example of the
4255 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4257 See -- no indentation!
4261 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4262 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4263 the other paragraph.
4266 \begin_layout Standard
4267 Here's another example, this time in the
4274 \begin_layout Quotation
4280 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4281 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4282 the first line, then
4286 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4290 you were quoting other text.
4293 \begin_layout Quotation
4294 Here's a new paragraph.
4295 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4296 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300 As the examples show,
4304 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4305 They should put quotes in the
4310 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4314 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4354 \begin_layout Standard
4359 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4365 \begin_inset Newline newline
4368 Which I did not rehearse!
4372 It could be much worse.
4373 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4375 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4376 indented a bit more than the first.
4377 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4383 \begin_inset Newline newline
4386 And make things look fine
4387 \begin_inset Newline newline
4397 \begin_layout Standard
4402 does not indent both margins.
4403 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4404 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4415 \begin_layout Subsection
4420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4436 \begin_layout Standard
4437 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4447 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4456 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4457 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4458 some general features of all four of them.
4461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4465 \begin_layout Standard
4466 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4468 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4477 reset the environment to
4481 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4482 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4483 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4488 to break paragraphs.
4491 \begin_layout Standard
4492 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4493 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4495 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4496 you read all of section
4497 \begin_inset Space ~
4501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4503 reference "sec:Nesting"
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4536 \begin_layout Standard
4537 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4541 paragraph environment.
4542 It has the following properties:
4545 \begin_layout Itemize
4546 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4550 \begin_layout Itemize
4551 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4554 \begin_layout Itemize
4555 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4559 \begin_layout Itemize
4560 The items can have any length.
4561 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4562 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4569 \begin_layout Itemize
4574 environment inside another
4578 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4582 \begin_layout Itemize
4583 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4587 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4590 \begin_layout Itemize
4592 \begin_inset Space ~
4596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4598 reference "sec:Nesting"
4602 for a full explanation of nesting.
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4616 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4619 \begin_layout Standard
4620 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4621 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4622 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4625 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 The label for the first level
4630 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4634 \begin_layout Itemize
4635 The label for the second level is a dash.
4639 \begin_layout Itemize
4640 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4644 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4649 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 Back out to the third level.
4654 \begin_layout Itemize
4655 Back to the second level.
4659 \begin_layout Itemize
4660 Back to the outermost level.
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 These are the default labels for an
4669 You can customize these labels in the
4671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4674 dialog in the submenu
4684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4693 \begin_layout Standard
4694 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4695 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4697 \begin_inset Space ~
4701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4703 reference "sec:Nesting"
4710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4728 name "sec:Enumerate"
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4740 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4741 It has these properties:
4744 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4749 \begin_layout Enumerate
4750 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4754 \begin_layout Enumerate
4755 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4758 \begin_layout Enumerate
4763 environment resets the counter to one.
4766 \begin_layout Enumerate
4779 \begin_layout Enumerate
4780 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4781 Items can have any length.
4784 \begin_layout Enumerate
4785 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4788 \begin_layout Enumerate
4789 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4792 \begin_layout Enumerate
4793 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4797 \begin_layout Standard
4806 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4807 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4814 \begin_layout Enumerate
4815 The first level of an
4819 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4823 \begin_layout Enumerate
4824 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4828 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4833 \begin_layout Enumerate
4834 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4837 \begin_layout Enumerate
4838 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4843 \begin_layout Enumerate
4844 Back to the third level
4848 \begin_layout Enumerate
4849 Back to the second level.
4853 \begin_layout Enumerate
4854 Back to the outermost level.
4857 \begin_layout Standard
4858 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4863 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4868 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4872 \begin_layout Standard
4873 There is more to nesting
4877 environments than we've stated here.
4878 You should read section
4879 \begin_inset Space ~
4883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4885 reference "sec:Nesting"
4889 to learn more about nesting.
4892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4910 name "sec:Description-List"
4917 \begin_layout Standard
4918 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4922 list has no fixed label.
4923 Instead, LyX uses the first
4924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4931 of the first line as the label.
4935 \begin_layout Description
4936 Example: This is an example of the
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4957 it is meant that the first hit of the
4961 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4963 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4977 \begin_inset Space ~
4983 \begin_inset Space ~
4987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4989 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4993 for more info.) Here is an example:
4996 \begin_layout Description
4998 \begin_inset Space ~
5001 Example: This one shows how to use a
5004 \begin_inset Space ~
5016 \begin_layout Description
5017 Usage: You should use the
5021 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5022 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5024 It's not a good idea to use a
5028 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5029 You're better off using
5041 paragraphs into them.
5044 \begin_layout Description
5045 Nesting: You can nest
5049 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5053 \begin_layout Standard
5054 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5055 them from the first line.
5058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5083 \begin_layout Standard
5088 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5101 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5102 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5105 \begin_layout Labeling
5106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5108 \begin_inset Space ~
5111 labels LyX uses the first
5112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5119 of each line as the item label.
5124 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5125 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5126 blank as described above.
5129 \begin_layout Labeling
5130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5131 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5132 the body of the item text.
5133 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5134 label width plus a little extra space.
5138 \begin_layout Labeling
5139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5141 \begin_inset Space ~
5144 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5146 If the label width is larger, the label
5147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5154 into the first line.
5155 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5156 margin of the rest of the item text.
5159 \begin_layout Labeling
5160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5162 \begin_inset Space ~
5165 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5170 environment have the same left margin.
5171 \begin_inset Newline newline
5174 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5177 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5179 \begin_inset Space ~
5188 \begin_inset Space ~
5193 determines the default label width.
5194 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5203 multiple times instead.
5204 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5213 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5216 \begin_inset Space ~
5221 every time you alter a label in a
5226 \begin_inset Newline newline
5229 The predefined default width is the length of
5230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5239 \begin_inset Newline newline
5243 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5251 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5252 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5260 \begin_layout Standard
5265 environment the same way like the
5269 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5275 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5279 \begin_layout Standard
5284 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5286 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5288 \begin_inset Space ~
5292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5294 reference "sec:Nesting"
5298 to learn about nesting.
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 There is yet another feature of the
5306 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5308 You can use additional
5312 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5318 \begin_inset Space ~
5322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5324 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5329 Here are some examples:
5332 \begin_layout Labeling
5333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5334 Left The default for
5341 \begin_layout Labeling
5342 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5343 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5350 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5353 \begin_layout Labeling
5354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5355 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5359 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5366 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5369 \begin_layout Subsection
5374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5391 \begin_inset Space ~
5399 \begin_layout Standard
5400 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5408 \begin_inset Space ~
5414 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5415 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5416 In contrast, you can use the
5423 \begin_inset Space ~
5428 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5429 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5433 \begin_layout Standard
5434 Of course, you're not limited to using
5441 \begin_inset Space ~
5450 \begin_inset Space ~
5455 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5456 some European academic papers.
5459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5463 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5470 \begin_layout Standard
5475 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5476 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5480 \begin_inset Space ~
5485 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5486 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5487 Here's an example of each:
5490 \begin_layout Right Address
5492 \begin_inset Newline newline
5496 \begin_inset Newline newline
5500 \begin_inset Newline newline
5503 When is it? What is today?
5506 \begin_layout Standard
5510 \begin_inset Space ~
5516 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5517 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5518 Here's an example of the
5525 \begin_layout Address
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 Where do I send this
5531 \begin_inset Newline newline
5534 Your post office and country
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5538 As you can see, both
5545 \begin_inset Space ~
5550 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5555 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5561 This makes sense, since
5569 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5570 Thus, you have to use
5581 \begin_inset Space ~
5584 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5586 \begin_inset Space ~
5595 menu) to start a new line in an
5602 \begin_inset Space ~
5610 \begin_layout Subsection
5614 \begin_layout Standard
5615 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5616 or list of references.
5617 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5620 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5636 \begin_layout Standard
5641 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5642 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5643 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5644 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5648 in anything else or vice versa.
5654 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5655 The book document classes ignores the
5659 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5663 in a letter document class.
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5671 environment does several things for you.
5672 First, it puts the centered label
5673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5681 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5683 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5684 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5685 the subsequent text.
5686 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5687 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5690 \begin_layout Standard
5691 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5695 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5696 The new paragraph will still be in the
5701 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5702 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 \begin_inset Float figure
5711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5713 \begin_inset Graphics
5714 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5724 \begin_inset Caption
5726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5729 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5750 \begin_layout Standard
5751 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5755 environment, but since this document is in the
5756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5763 class, we can't do this.
5764 We inserted it therefore as figure
5765 \begin_inset Space ~
5769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5771 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5776 If you've never heard of an
5777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5784 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5805 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5812 \begin_layout Standard
5817 environment is used to list references.
5818 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5819 only use it at the end of the document.
5824 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5827 \begin_layout Standard
5828 When you first open a
5832 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5848 depending on the document class.
5849 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5850 Each paragraph of the
5854 environment is a bibliography entry.
5859 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5860 Each new paragraph is still in the
5867 \begin_layout Standard
5868 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5870 \begin_inset Space ~
5874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5876 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5883 \begin_layout Subsection
5890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5891 Paragraph ! LyX code
5897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5911 environment is another LyX extension.
5912 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5917 key as a fixed whitespace;
5921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5933 \begin_inset Space ~
5938 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5943 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5944 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5962 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5963 So, when you finish using the
5967 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5968 Also, you can nest the
5972 environment inside of others.
5975 \begin_layout Standard
5976 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5979 \begin_layout Itemize
5984 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5996 \begin_layout Itemize
6009 \begin_layout Itemize
6014 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6021 \begin_layout Itemize
6030 \begin_layout Itemize
6031 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6032 You must put at least one
6036 in any line you want blank.
6037 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6040 \begin_layout Itemize
6041 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6045 since that will insert
6050 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6058 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6065 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6069 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6073 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6081 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6082 printf("Hello World!
6087 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6091 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6096 This is just the standard
6097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6108 \begin_layout Standard
6113 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6114 rc-files, and so on.
6115 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6116 as if you used a typewriter.
6120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6121 Paragraph environments|)
6129 \begin_layout Section
6130 Nesting Environments
6134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6135 Nesting ! Environments
6141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6150 \begin_layout Subsection
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6157 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6159 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6161 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6173 \begin_layout Enumerate
6177 \begin_layout Enumerate
6182 \begin_layout Enumerate
6186 \begin_layout Enumerate
6191 \begin_layout Enumerate
6195 \begin_layout Standard
6196 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6197 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6200 \begin_inset Space ~
6204 \begin_inset Space ~
6212 \begin_inset Space ~
6216 \begin_inset Space ~
6225 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6226 will tell you how far you are nested).
6227 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6228 \begin_inset Graphics
6229 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6235 \begin_inset Graphics
6236 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6241 or the convenient key bindings
6249 to change the nesting level.
6250 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6251 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6256 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6257 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6258 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6259 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6264 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6266 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6269 \begin_layout Subsection
6270 What You Can and Can't Nest
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6274 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6275 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6279 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6280 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6281 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6284 \begin_layout Itemize
6285 Completely unnestable
6288 \begin_layout Itemize
6289 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6290 other things inside of them.
6293 \begin_layout Itemize
6294 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6299 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6300 environments have them:
6303 \begin_layout Description
6304 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6305 Can't nest into them.
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6315 \begin_layout Itemize
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6329 \begin_layout Itemize
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 \begin_layout Itemize
6349 \begin_layout Itemize
6355 \begin_layout Itemize
6361 \begin_layout Itemize
6367 \begin_layout Itemize
6373 \begin_layout Itemize
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6385 \begin_layout Itemize
6391 \begin_layout Itemize
6397 \begin_layout Itemize
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 \begin_layout Itemize
6416 \begin_layout Description
6418 \begin_inset Space ~
6421 Nestable You can nest them.
6422 You can nest other things into them.
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6456 \begin_layout Itemize
6462 \begin_layout Itemize
6468 \begin_layout Itemize
6475 \begin_layout Description
6476 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6477 You can't nest anything into them.
6481 \begin_layout Itemize
6487 \begin_layout Itemize
6491 \begin_inset Space ~
6497 \begin_layout Itemize
6504 \begin_layout Standard
6509 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6513 \begin_inset Space ~
6521 \begin_inset Space ~
6529 \begin_layout Subsection
6530 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6535 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6543 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6550 \begin_layout Standard
6551 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6552 affected by nesting anyhow.
6556 \begin_layout Itemize
6560 \begin_layout Itemize
6564 \begin_layout Itemize
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6570 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 If you put a figure or a table in a
6582 , this is no longer true.
6587 Have a look at section
6588 \begin_inset Space ~
6592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6594 reference "sec:Floats"
6598 for more informations about
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6607 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6611 \begin_layout Standard
6612 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6620 of its own, it behaves just like a
6621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6628 paragraph environment.
6629 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6633 \begin_layout Standard
6634 Here's an example with a table:
6637 \begin_layout Enumerate
6642 \begin_layout Enumerate
6643 This is (a) and it's nested.
6647 \begin_layout Standard
6648 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6654 \begin_layout Standard
6656 \begin_inset Tabular
6657 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6744 \begin_layout Standard
6745 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6752 \begin_layout Enumerate
6754 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6758 \begin_layout Enumerate
6762 \begin_layout Standard
6763 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6766 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 \begin_layout Enumerate
6772 This is (a) and it's nested.
6776 \begin_layout Standard
6777 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6785 \begin_inset Tabular
6786 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6788 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6873 \begin_layout Standard
6874 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6880 \begin_layout Enumerate
6887 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6890 \begin_layout Enumerate
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6895 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6900 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6902 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6905 \begin_layout Enumerate
6910 \begin_layout Enumerate
6911 This is (a) and it's nested.
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6921 \begin_layout Standard
6923 \begin_inset Tabular
6924 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7011 \begin_layout Standard
7012 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7028 \begin_layout Enumerate
7032 \begin_layout Standard
7033 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7039 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7040 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7044 \begin_layout Subsection
7045 Usage and General Features
7046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7048 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7055 \begin_layout Standard
7056 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7065 is the innermost possible depth.
7066 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7069 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 level #1 - outermost
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7084 \begin_layout Enumerate
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 \begin_layout Standard
7104 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7105 both of them in the example.
7106 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7116 For example, if we tried to nest another
7121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7131 \begin_layout Subsection
7136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7147 We have several examples of nested environments.
7148 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7153 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7156 \begin_layout Labeling
7157 \labelwidthstring MMM
7158 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7167 \begin_layout Labeling
7168 \labelwidthstring MMM
7169 #2-a This is level #2.
7170 We created it by using
7182 \begin_layout Labeling
7183 \labelwidthstring MMM
7184 #3-a This is level #3.
7185 This time, we just hit
7194 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7212 environment, nested inside of
7213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7221 So, it's at level #4.
7222 We did this by hitting
7230 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7235 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7256 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7263 \begin_layout Labeling
7264 \labelwidthstring MMM
7265 #4-a This is level #4.
7270 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7275 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7279 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7284 keep nesting things inside of
7285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7296 \begin_layout Labeling
7297 \labelwidthstring MMM
7298 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7303 \begin_layout Labeling
7304 \labelwidthstring MMM
7305 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7306 and this is level #6.
7307 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7311 \begin_layout Labeling
7312 \labelwidthstring MMM
7313 #5-b Back to level #5.
7326 \begin_layout Labeling
7327 \labelwidthstring MMM
7336 , we're back at level #4.
7340 \begin_layout Labeling
7341 \labelwidthstring MMM
7342 #3-b Back to level #3.
7343 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7347 \begin_layout Labeling
7348 \labelwidthstring MMM
7349 #2-b Back to level #2.
7354 \begin_layout Labeling
7355 \labelwidthstring MMM
7356 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7357 After this sentence, we'll hit
7361 and change the paragraph environment back to
7368 \begin_layout Standard
7369 We could have also used the
7385 environment in place of the
7390 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7393 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7394 Example 2: Inheritance
7397 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7398 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7401 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7411 , after which, we'll change to the
7419 \begin_layout Enumerate
7424 environment, at level #2.
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 Notice how the nested
7432 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7436 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7441 We ended this example by hitting
7446 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7450 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7457 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7458 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7479 \begin_layout Enumerate
7480 This is level #1, in an
7484 paragraph environment.
7485 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7489 \begin_layout Enumerate
7500 Now, what happens if we nest an
7504 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7505 label be? An asterisk?
7509 \begin_layout Itemize
7519 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7520 So, its label is a bullet.
7521 (We got here by using
7529 , then changing the environment to
7537 \begin_layout Itemize
7538 Here's level #4, produced using
7547 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7552 \begin_layout Enumerate
7553 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7555 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7560 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7564 , because we are in the
7588 \begin_layout Enumerate
7593 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7594 type of numbering does LyX use?
7597 \begin_layout Enumerate
7598 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7602 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7605 \begin_layout Enumerate
7610 to decrease the depth after the next
7618 \begin_layout Enumerate
7620 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7624 \begin_layout Enumerate
7626 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7627 numeral as the label.Why?
7630 \begin_layout Enumerate
7631 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7640 Notice, however, that LyX
7644 reset the counter for the label.
7648 \begin_layout Enumerate
7657 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7658 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7659 into the twofold-nested
7667 \begin_layout Enumerate
7668 The same thing happens if we do another
7676 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7679 \begin_layout Standard
7680 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7685 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7699 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7705 The same rule applies for the
7709 environment, as well.
7712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7713 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7716 \begin_layout Enumerate
7717 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7718 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7719 same detail with how we did it.
7728 \begin_layout Standard
7731 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7733 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7734 example in parentheses someplace.
7735 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7736 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7737 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7741 \begin_layout Enumerate
7746 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7751 Now we'll add verse.
7752 \begin_inset Newline newline
7755 It will get much worse.
7756 \begin_inset Newline newline
7761 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7767 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7768 \begin_inset Newline newline
7771 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7772 \begin_inset Newline newline
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7786 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7794 \begin_inset Tabular
7795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7798 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7886 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7890 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 : level #1) This is another item.
7902 Note that selecting a
7906 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7907 3 times to put the table inside the
7915 \begin_layout Quotation
7916 We're now ending the
7920 list and changing to
7925 We're still at level #1.
7926 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7927 The next set of paragraphs is a
7928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7942 \begin_inset Space ~
7947 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7951 for the letter body.
7956 to preserve the depth.
7957 Remember that you need to use
7961 to create multiple lines inside the
7968 \begin_inset Space ~
7978 \begin_layout Right Address
7980 \begin_inset Newline newline
7983 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7984 \begin_inset Newline newline
7990 \begin_layout Address
7992 \begin_inset Space ~
7998 \begin_layout Quotation
7999 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8000 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8003 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8004 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8005 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8006 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8007 as soon as possible.
8008 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8011 \begin_layout Quotation
8012 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8013 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8014 with your order, along with payment.
8017 \begin_layout Quotation
8018 We thank you again for your patience.
8021 \begin_layout Address
8023 \begin_inset Newline newline
8030 \begin_layout Quotation
8031 That ends that example!
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8035 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8036 just a few keystrokes.
8037 We could have easily nested an
8058 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8061 \begin_layout Section
8062 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8076 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8077 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8078 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8079 be broken at the end of a line.
8080 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8084 \begin_layout Subsection
8086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8088 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8105 \begin_layout Standard
8106 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8108 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8112 Further documentation is given in section
8113 \begin_inset Newline newline
8117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8119 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8127 \begin_layout Standard
8128 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8143 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8152 A protected space is set with
8154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8159 \begin_inset Space ~
8173 \begin_layout Subsection
8175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8177 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8186 Spacing ! Horizontal
8194 \begin_layout Standard
8195 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8198 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8202 The length units are listed in Appendix
8203 \begin_inset Space ~
8207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8209 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8220 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8237 \begin_layout Standard
8239 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8243 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8246 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8247 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8248 \begin_inset Space ~
8252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8254 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8259 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8260 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8271 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8288 \begin_layout Standard
8290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8297 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8306 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8307 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8308 inside abbreviations:
8313 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8317 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8318 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8322 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8328 \begin_layout Standard
8329 or between values and units.
8330 Compare for example this:
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8335 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8339 \begin_inset Newline newline
8345 \begin_layout Standard
8346 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8349 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8351 \begin_inset Space ~
8363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8367 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8374 \begin_layout Standard
8375 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8378 \begin_layout Description
8380 \begin_inset Space ~
8384 \begin_inset Space ~
8388 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8392 \begin_inset Space \negthinspace{}
8396 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8399 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8402 \begin_layout Description
8404 \begin_inset Space ~
8408 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8412 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8416 \begin_inset Space \enskip{}
8420 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8424 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8427 em) space between the arrows.
8430 \begin_layout Description
8432 \begin_inset Space ~
8436 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8440 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8444 \begin_inset Space \quad{}
8448 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8452 \begin_inset Space ~
8456 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8459 em) space between the arrows.
8462 \begin_layout Description
8464 \begin_inset Space ~
8468 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8472 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8476 \begin_inset Space \qquad{}
8480 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8484 \begin_inset Space ~
8488 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8491 em) space between the arrows.
8494 \begin_layout Description
8496 \begin_inset Space ~
8500 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8504 \begin_inset Space \hspace{}
8509 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8513 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8516 cm space between the arrows.
8519 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset Space ~
8525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8527 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8531 lists the different space sizes.
8534 \begin_layout Standard
8535 \begin_inset Float table
8540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8542 \begin_inset Caption
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8547 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8551 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8561 \begin_inset Tabular
8562 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8605 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8629 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8677 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8692 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8720 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8733 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8748 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8761 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8802 in a uniform fashion.
8803 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8804 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8805 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8806 equally between themselves.
8810 \begin_layout Standard
8811 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8816 This is on the left side
8817 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8820 This is on the right
8826 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8830 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8839 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8843 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8847 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8853 \begin_layout Standard
8854 That was an example in the
8860 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8864 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8868 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8871 is one in a standard paragraph.
8872 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8876 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8879 \begin_layout Standard
8880 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8881 Here's an example with the
8888 \begin_layout Labeling
8889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8891 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8895 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8899 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8903 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8918 marks the beginning of the item.
8919 (There is actually a
8920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8927 hfill inside of the label of the
8931 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8940 situations, like two-column mode.
8943 \begin_layout Standard
8944 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8952 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
8956 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
8957 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
8958 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
8962 option in the space dialog.
8970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8984 \begin_layout Standard
8985 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8987 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8994 What is correct English?:
8995 \begin_inset Newline newline
8999 \begin_inset Newline newline
9003 \begin_inset Space ~
9006 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9007 \begin_inset Newline newline
9014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9025 \begin_inset Newline newline
9032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9043 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9050 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9055 \begin_inset Space ~
9059 \begin_inset Space ~
9063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9067 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9074 In our case write the command
9081 (note the space after
9082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9089 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9090 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9091 That is why it is named
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9104 There exists also the commands
9116 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9117 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9118 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9120 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9132 \begin_layout Subsection
9134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9136 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9154 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9157 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9159 \begin_inset Space ~
9165 There you find the following sizes:
9168 \begin_layout Standard
9181 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9186 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9188 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9201 for the paragraph separation.
9202 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9213 \begin_layout Standard
9222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9228 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9229 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9231 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9232 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9241 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9250 s are described in section
9251 \begin_inset Space ~
9255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9257 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9266 If there are several
9270 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9271 You can therefore use
9275 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9278 \begin_layout Standard
9283 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9284 \begin_inset Space ~
9288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9290 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9297 \begin_layout Standard
9298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9308 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9309 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9321 \begin_layout Subsection
9325 \begin_layout Standard
9326 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9328 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9332 There are four possibilities:
9335 \begin_layout Itemize
9341 \begin_layout Itemize
9347 \begin_layout Itemize
9353 \begin_layout Itemize
9359 \begin_layout Standard
9360 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9361 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9362 the left and right margins.
9363 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9366 \begin_layout Standard
9368 This paragraph is right aligned,
9371 \begin_layout Standard
9373 this one is centered,
9376 \begin_layout Standard
9378 this one is left aligned.
9381 \begin_layout Subsection
9386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9395 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9402 \begin_layout Standard
9403 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9404 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9405 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9406 Only if you use many
9410 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9413 \begin_layout Standard
9414 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9415 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9419 have to change the pagebreaking.
9422 \begin_layout Standard
9423 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9425 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9428 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9430 \begin_inset Space ~
9436 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9439 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9441 \begin_inset Space ~
9446 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9448 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9449 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9452 \begin_layout Standard
9453 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9454 at the top of a page.
9455 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9456 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9457 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9458 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9462 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9477 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_layout Standard
9495 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9496 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9497 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9498 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9499 if necessary by adding pages.
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset Space ~
9514 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9517 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9519 \begin_inset Space ~
9523 \begin_inset Space ~
9528 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9529 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9532 \begin_layout Subsection
9537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9546 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9553 \begin_layout Standard
9554 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9556 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9559 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9561 \begin_inset Space ~
9565 \begin_inset Space ~
9575 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9580 \begin_inset Space ~
9584 \begin_inset Space ~
9589 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9591 This is necessary to avoid
9592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9599 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9602 \begin_layout Standard
9603 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9604 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9605 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9606 set a linebreak, e.g.
9607 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9608 \begin_inset Space ~
9612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9614 reference "sec:Quote"
9619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9621 reference "sec:Verse"
9626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9628 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9635 \begin_layout Subsection
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9639 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9656 \begin_layout Standard
9661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9662 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9664 \begin_inset Space ~
9669 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9675 \begin_layout Section
9676 Fonts and Text Styles
9677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9679 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9686 \begin_layout Subsection
9691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9701 There are two types of fonts:
9704 \begin_layout Description
9706 \begin_inset Space ~
9713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9719 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9720 characters) in the font.
9721 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9722 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9723 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9724 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9725 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9726 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9727 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9728 provide a good image.
9729 \begin_inset Newline newline
9732 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9733 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9734 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9735 sizes than at small ones.
9736 \begin_inset Newline newline
9750 \begin_inset Space ~
9758 \begin_layout Description
9760 \begin_inset Space ~
9767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9773 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9774 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9775 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9776 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9777 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9778 picture manipulation program.
9779 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9780 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9781 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9782 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9783 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9785 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9786 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9790 Bitmap fonts are named
9793 \begin_inset Space ~
9798 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9803 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9804 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9805 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9809 \begin_layout Standard
9810 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9811 its document properties.
9814 \begin_layout Standard
9815 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9816 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9817 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9818 font to emphasize text, you use an
9819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9827 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9828 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9832 \begin_layout Subsection
9833 Document Font and Font size
9834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9836 name "sub:Document-Font"
9844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9864 You can set the document fonts in the
9866 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9880 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9881 font shapes roman (serif),
9884 \begin_inset Space ~
9896 \begin_layout Standard
9897 The possible options for the font include
9901 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9906 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9928 European Computer Modern
9931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9941 \begin_layout Standard
9950 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9951 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9956 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9959 \begin_inset Space ~
9964 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9970 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9971 There are three ways to use one:
9974 \begin_layout Itemize
9975 One way is to use the
9985 Virtual means that it
9986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9997 -glyphs from other fonts.
9998 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10020 Loading the LaTeX-package
10026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10027 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10034 with the document preamble line
10037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10042 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10046 will fix the guillemet problem.
10051 and that accented characters are not
10055 glyph, they are build of
10059 characters, the accent and the letter.
10060 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10064 fonts for words with accented characters.
10065 If you search for example for the French word
10066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10073 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10082 and not for the glyph
10083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10087 \begin_inset Space ~
10091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10097 \begin_layout Itemize
10098 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 , consists of these three main font types
10114 \begin_inset Space ~
10135 \begin_inset Space ~
10145 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
10149 \begin_inset Space ~
10156 as typewriter font.
10157 \begin_inset Newline newline
10160 The differences between roman,
10163 \begin_inset Space ~
10172 fonts are explained in section
10173 \begin_inset Space ~
10177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10179 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10184 \begin_inset Newline newline
10190 \begin_inset Space ~
10195 was originally designed for newspapers.
10196 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10197 into the small newspaper columns.
10201 \begin_inset Space ~
10206 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10209 \begin_layout Itemize
10210 The best solution is to use the
10215 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10222 \begin_layout Standard
10223 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10226 For the font size there are four possible values:
10243 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10246 \begin_layout Standard
10247 The font sizes are the
10252 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10253 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10254 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10257 \begin_inset Space ~
10263 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10264 \begin_inset Space ~
10268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10270 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10277 \begin_layout Standard
10278 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10282 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10290 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10294 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10295 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10296 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10298 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10301 dialog, see section
10302 \begin_inset Space ~
10306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10308 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10320 \begin_layout Subsection
10321 Using Different Character Styles
10325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10344 \begin_layout Standard
10345 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10346 certain paragraph environments.
10347 LyX supports two character styles,
10356 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10360 \begin_layout Standard
10365 style, do one of the following:
10368 \begin_layout Itemize
10369 click on the toolbar button
10370 \begin_inset Graphics
10371 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10379 \begin_layout Itemize
10383 \begin_inset Space ~
10389 \begin_layout Standard
10390 These commands are all toggles.
10395 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10398 \begin_layout Standard
10399 One typically uses the
10403 style for proper names.
10405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10412 is the original author of LyX.
10413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10419 \begin_layout Standard
10420 A more widely used character style is the
10425 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10432 \begin_layout Itemize
10433 clicking on the toolbar button
10434 \begin_inset Graphics
10435 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10443 \begin_layout Itemize
10444 using the keybindings
10447 \begin_inset Space ~
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10458 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10459 es use a different font.
10462 \begin_layout Standard
10463 We've been using the
10467 style all over the place in this document.
10468 Here's one more example:
10471 \begin_layout Quotation
10474 Don't overuse character styles!
10477 \begin_layout Standard
10478 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10479 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10480 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10481 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10486 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10489 \begin_inset Space ~
10496 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10498 \begin_inset Space ~
10506 \begin_layout Subsection
10507 Fine-Tuning with the
10512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10514 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10531 \begin_layout Standard
10532 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10533 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10534 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10535 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10536 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10537 from ordinary dialog.
10540 \begin_layout Standard
10541 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10542 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10543 \begin_inset Newline newline
10546 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10547 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10550 \begin_layout Standard
10551 To use custom character styles, open the
10553 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10555 \begin_inset Space ~
10561 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10562 font property which you can choose.
10563 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10566 \begin_inset Space ~
10571 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10576 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10577 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10578 environments in a snap.
10581 \begin_layout Standard
10582 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10585 \begin_inset Space ~
10597 \begin_layout Labeling
10598 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10612 The possible options are:
10616 \begin_layout Labeling
10617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10622 This is the Roman font family.
10623 Normally a serif font.
10624 It's also the default family.
10629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10641 \begin_inset Space ~
10650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10658 \begin_inset Note Note
10661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10662 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10663 It is explained in section
10664 \begin_inset Space ~
10668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10670 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10682 \begin_layout Labeling
10683 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10687 \begin_inset Space ~
10694 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10713 \begin_inset Space ~
10722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10732 \begin_layout Labeling
10733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10740 This is the Typewriter font family.
10747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10759 \begin_inset Space ~
10768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10781 \begin_layout Labeling
10782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10787 This corresponds to the print weight.
10792 \begin_layout Labeling
10793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10798 This is the Medium font series.
10799 It's also the default series.
10802 \begin_layout Labeling
10803 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10810 This is the Bold font series.
10817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10829 \begin_inset Space ~
10838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10849 \begin_layout Labeling
10850 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10855 As the name implies.
10860 \begin_layout Labeling
10861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10866 This is the Upright font shape.
10867 It's also the default shape.
10870 \begin_layout Labeling
10871 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10885 s the Italic font shape
10891 \begin_layout Labeling
10892 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10899 This is the Slanted font shape
10901 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10904 \begin_layout Labeling
10905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10909 \begin_inset Space ~
10916 This is the Small caps font shape
10923 \begin_layout Labeling
10924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10929 Alters the size of the font.
10930 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10931 nal to the document font size.
10932 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10933 what you want to do.
10938 \begin_layout Labeling
10939 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10973 \begin_inset Space ~
10982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11005 \begin_inset Space ~
11014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11024 \begin_layout Labeling
11025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11059 \begin_inset Space ~
11068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11078 \begin_layout Labeling
11079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11113 \begin_inset Space ~
11122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11145 \begin_inset Space ~
11154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11164 \begin_layout Labeling
11165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11199 \begin_inset Space ~
11208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11231 \begin_inset Space ~
11240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11265 It's also the default size.
11270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11282 \begin_inset Space ~
11291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11314 \begin_inset Space ~
11323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11333 \begin_layout Labeling
11334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11368 \begin_inset Space ~
11377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11400 \begin_inset Space ~
11409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11419 \begin_layout Labeling
11420 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11454 \begin_inset Space ~
11463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11486 \begin_inset Space ~
11495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11505 \begin_layout Labeling
11506 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11540 \begin_inset Space ~
11549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11559 \begin_layout Labeling
11560 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11594 \begin_inset Space ~
11603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11626 \begin_inset Space ~
11635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11645 \begin_layout Labeling
11646 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11680 \begin_inset Space ~
11689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11712 \begin_inset Space ~
11721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11732 \begin_layout Standard
11737 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11738 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11739 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11740 - use that instead.
11741 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11744 \begin_layout Labeling
11745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11750 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11755 \begin_layout Labeling
11756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11763 This is text with emphasize on
11766 This might seem like the same as
11770 , but it is actually a bit different.
11776 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11778 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11781 \begin_layout Labeling
11782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11789 This is text with Underbar on.
11796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11808 \begin_inset Space ~
11817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11827 \begin_inset Newline newline
11832 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11833 when you couldn't change fonts.
11834 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11835 It's only included in LyX because some people
11839 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11842 \begin_layout Labeling
11843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11850 This is text with Noun on.
11857 , this is a logical attribute.
11858 Normally it's equivalent to
11861 \begin_inset Space ~
11870 \begin_layout Labeling
11871 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11876 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11877 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11881 \begin_inset Space ~
11886 , which is the default
11887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11894 and means normally black, you can choose between
11930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11939 \begin_layout Labeling
11940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11945 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11946 the language of the document.
11947 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11951 \begin_layout Standard
11952 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11953 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11955 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11957 \begin_inset Space ~
11962 dialog, the settings are saved.
11963 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11964 \begin_inset Graphics
11965 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11971 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11972 when the dialog isn't visible.
11976 \begin_layout Standard
11977 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11980 \begin_inset Space ~
11986 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11987 (suppose you just set the shape to
11988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12006 \begin_inset Space ~
12018 \begin_layout Standard
12019 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12027 \begin_inset Space ~
12039 \begin_layout Itemize
12045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12052 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12070 \begin_inset Newline newline
12077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12102 \begin_inset Note Note
12105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12106 For more on phantoms see section
12107 \begin_inset Space ~
12111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12113 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12123 \begin_inset Newline newline
12129 \begin_layout Itemize
12134 fonts use characters with serifs.
12135 These are the small
12136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12143 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12144 The following example will show the difference:
12145 \begin_inset Newline newline
12149 \begin_inset Newline newline
12154 text without serifs
12157 \begin_inset Newline newline
12160 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12161 They are therefore used as default font (named
12168 \begin_layout Itemize
12174 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12175 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12178 \begin_layout Standard
12179 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12180 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12183 \begin_layout Section
12184 Printing and Previewing
12187 \begin_layout Subsection
12191 \begin_layout Standard
12192 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12193 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12194 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12195 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12196 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12199 \begin_inset Space ~
12207 \begin_layout Standard
12208 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12209 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12210 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12211 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12212 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12213 This happens in two stages:
12216 \begin_layout Enumerate
12217 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12218 generating a file with the extension,
12219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12233 \begin_layout Enumerate
12234 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12238 file to produce printable output.
12242 \begin_layout Subsection
12243 Output file formats
12247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12256 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12269 File formats ! ASCII
12277 \begin_layout Standard
12278 This file type has the extension
12279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12291 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12295 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12302 \begin_layout Standard
12303 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12305 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12306 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12312 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12318 File formats ! LaTeX
12326 \begin_layout Standard
12327 This file type has the extension
12328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12339 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12341 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12342 it manually with console commands.
12343 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12344 you view or export your document.
12347 \begin_layout Standard
12348 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12350 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12351 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12382 \begin_layout Standard
12383 This file type has the extension
12384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12404 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12405 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12406 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12408 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12412 \begin_layout Standard
12413 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12421 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12422 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12427 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12428 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12429 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12430 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12433 \begin_layout Standard
12434 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12436 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12437 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12449 File formats ! PostScript
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 This file type has the extension
12459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12471 PostScript was developed by the company
12475 as printer language.
12476 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12478 PostScript can be seen as
12479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12482 programming language
12483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12486 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12491 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12501 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12511 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12514 \begin_layout Standard
12515 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12519 Encapsulated PostScript
12520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12523 (EPS, file extension
12524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12536 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12537 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12538 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12539 whenever you view or export your document.
12540 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12541 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12542 EPS to avoid this problem.
12545 \begin_layout Standard
12546 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12548 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12549 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12555 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12579 \begin_layout Standard
12580 This file type has the extension
12581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12597 Portable Document Format
12598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12601 (PDF) is developed by
12605 as derivative from PostScript.
12606 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12615 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12616 looks exactly the same.
12619 \begin_layout Standard
12620 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12624 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 (JPG, file extension
12629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12656 Portable Network Graphics
12657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12660 (PNG, file extension
12661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12673 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12674 in the background to one of these formats.
12675 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12676 will slow down your workflow.
12677 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12680 \begin_layout Standard
12681 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12683 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12686 in three different ways:
12689 \begin_layout Description
12690 PDF This uses the program
12694 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12695 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12699 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12700 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12703 \begin_layout Description
12705 \begin_inset Space ~
12708 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12712 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12716 \begin_layout Description
12718 \begin_inset Space ~
12721 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12725 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12728 \begin_layout Standard
12729 We recommend to use
12732 \begin_inset Space ~
12741 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12747 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12750 \begin_layout Subsection
12755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12764 \begin_layout Standard
12765 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12766 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12770 and choose a file type.
12771 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12774 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12777 you can use the toolbar button
12778 \begin_inset Graphics
12779 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12790 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12792 \begin_inset Space ~
12797 you can use the toolbar button
12798 \begin_inset Graphics
12799 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12807 \begin_layout Standard
12808 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12809 viewer window using the menu
12811 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12817 \begin_layout Standard
12818 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12820 To have a real output, export your document.
12823 \begin_layout Subsection
12824 Printing the File from within LyX
12825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12827 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12834 \begin_layout Standard
12835 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12836 it directly from within LyX.
12837 To print a file, select the menu
12839 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12842 or click on the toolbar button
12843 \begin_inset Graphics
12844 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12850 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12851 This file is then processed by the program
12855 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12860 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12863 \begin_layout Standard
12864 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12865 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12866 printing one set to print on the other side.
12867 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12868 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12869 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12872 \begin_layout Standard
12873 You can set the parameters in the
12876 \begin_inset Space ~
12884 \begin_layout Labeling
12885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12890 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12895 Note that this printer name is for the program
12904 has to be configured for this printer name.
12905 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12906 \begin_inset Space ~
12910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12912 reference "sub:Printer"
12921 The printer should understand PostScript.
12924 \begin_layout Labeling
12925 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12930 The name of a file to print to.
12931 The output will be a PostScript file.
12932 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12936 \begin_layout Section
12937 A few Words about Typography
12941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12950 \begin_layout Subsection
12955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12984 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12999 \begin_layout Enumerate
13001 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13005 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13023 \begin_layout Enumerate
13025 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13029 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13060 \begin_layout Enumerate
13062 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13066 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13110 \begin_layout Enumerate
13112 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13116 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13120 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13138 \begin_layout Standard
13139 You generate them by inserting the
13140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13151 character multiple times in a row.
13152 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13153 final output, but not in LyX.
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13158 math mode and has a length of its own.
13159 Here are some examples of the
13160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13174 \begin_layout Enumerate
13175 line- and page-breaks
13176 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13186 \begin_layout Enumerate
13188 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13198 \begin_layout Enumerate
13199 Oh --- there's a dash.
13200 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13210 \begin_layout Enumerate
13211 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13215 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13225 \begin_layout Subsection
13230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13239 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13246 \begin_layout Standard
13247 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13248 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13255 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13262 following the rules of the document language
13266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13267 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13275 \begin_inset Space ~
13279 \begin_inset Space ~
13286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13297 \begin_layout Standard
13298 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13303 and with unusual constructs, like
13304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13312 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13313 This is done with the menu
13315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13316 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13318 \begin_inset Space ~
13324 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13325 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13328 \begin_layout Standard
13329 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13330 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13331 a hyphen and a space in the form
13332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13340 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13348 as hyphenation possibility.
13349 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13350 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13351 of the LaTeX-box-command
13357 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13358 As LyX doesn't support
13364 , we have to use ERT.
13365 The result looks in LyX like:
13368 \begin_layout Standard
13369 \begin_inset Graphics
13370 filename clipart/mbox.png
13378 \begin_layout Standard
13379 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13380 \begin_inset Space ~
13384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13386 reference "sec:ERT"
13393 \begin_layout Subsection
13398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13408 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13411 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13418 \begin_layout Standard
13419 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13420 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13421 LaTeX then adds the
13422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13425 appropriate amount of space
13426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13430 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13432 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13435 \begin_layout Standard
13436 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13450 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13451 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13454 \begin_layout Standard
13455 Here are some examples of
13459 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13462 \begin_layout Itemize
13467 \begin_layout Itemize
13472 \begin_layout Standard
13473 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13476 \begin_layout Itemize
13479 this is too much space!
13482 \begin_layout Itemize
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13495 \begin_layout Enumerate
13499 \begin_inset Space ~
13504 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13505 \begin_inset Space ~
13509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13511 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13520 Spaces ! inter-word
13528 \begin_layout Enumerate
13532 \begin_inset Space ~
13537 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13538 \begin_inset Space ~
13542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13544 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13561 \begin_layout Enumerate
13565 \begin_inset Space ~
13569 \begin_inset Space ~
13573 \begin_inset Space ~
13580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13582 \begin_inset Space ~
13587 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13588 This function is also bound to
13595 \begin_layout Standard
13596 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13599 \begin_layout Itemize
13601 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
13605 \begin_inset Space \space{}
13608 this is too much space!
13611 \begin_layout Itemize
13612 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13616 \begin_layout Standard
13617 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13618 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13619 LaTeX will care about this.
13622 \begin_layout Standard
13623 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13626 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13628 \begin_inset Space ~
13633 feature described in section
13644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13650 Typography ! Quotes
13659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13697 \begin_layout Standard
13698 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13699 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13700 and use a closing quote at the end.
13702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13710 The keyboard character,
13714 , generates this automatically.
13717 \begin_layout Standard
13718 You can change the behavior of the
13722 key using the submenu
13728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13736 Document ! Settings
13744 \begin_layout Standard
13745 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13750 There are six choices:
13753 \begin_layout Labeling
13754 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13766 Use quotes like this
13767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13775 \begin_inset Quotes els
13779 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13785 \begin_layout Labeling
13786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13789 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13793 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13799 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13803 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13807 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13813 \begin_layout Labeling
13814 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13817 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13821 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13827 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13831 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13835 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13839 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13845 \begin_layout Labeling
13846 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13849 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13853 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13859 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13863 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13867 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13871 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13877 \begin_layout Labeling
13878 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13881 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13885 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13891 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13895 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13899 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13903 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13909 \begin_layout Labeling
13910 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13913 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13917 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13923 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13927 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13931 \begin_inset Quotes als
13935 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13941 \begin_layout Standard
13942 These settings affects what character the
13949 \begin_layout Subsection
13954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13955 Typography ! Ligatures
13964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13995 name "sub:Ligatures"
14002 \begin_layout Standard
14003 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14004 print them as single characters.
14005 These groups are known as
14010 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14012 Here are the standard ligatures:
14015 \begin_layout Itemize
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14023 \begin_layout Itemize
14027 \begin_layout Itemize
14031 \begin_layout Itemize
14035 \begin_layout Standard
14036 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14039 \begin_layout Standard
14040 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14041 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14049 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14065 To break a ligature, use
14067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14068 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14070 \begin_inset Space ~
14077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14088 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14105 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14113 \begin_layout Subsection
14118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14127 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14134 \begin_layout Standard
14135 You have surely noticed, that the word
14136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14143 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14144 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14145 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14165 \begin_inset Note Note
14168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14169 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14177 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14178 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14183 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14187 \begin_layout Description
14188 LyX The name of the game, write
14189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14210 \begin_layout Description
14211 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14233 \begin_layout Description
14234 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14256 \begin_layout Description
14257 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14285 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14293 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14294 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14295 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14298 : The actual version is
14299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14306 , the previous one was
14307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14317 \begin_layout Standard
14318 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14319 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14320 This will look in LyX like:
14321 \begin_inset Graphics
14322 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14328 \begin_inset Newline newline
14331 For more about ERT, look at section
14332 \begin_inset Space ~
14336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14338 reference "sec:ERT"
14345 \begin_layout Subsection
14350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14359 \begin_layout Standard
14360 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14361 space between two words.
14362 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14372 for units use the menu
14374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14375 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14377 \begin_inset Space ~
14389 \begin_layout Standard
14390 Here's an example to show the differences:
14393 \begin_layout Standard
14394 \begin_inset Tabular
14395 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14397 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14398 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14405 \begin_inset Space ~
14409 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14421 space between number and unit
14428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14433 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
14437 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14449 half space between number and unit
14462 \begin_layout Subsection
14467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14468 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14483 \begin_layout Standard
14484 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14486 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14487 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14488 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14489 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14490 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14491 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14502 \begin_layout Standard
14503 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14504 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14505 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14506 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14507 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14508 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14509 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14512 \begin_layout Standard
14513 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14514 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14515 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14516 \begin_inset Space ~
14520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14522 key "latexcompanion"
14527 \begin_inset Space ~
14531 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14537 ] may have more information.
14538 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14541 \begin_layout Chapter
14542 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14545 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14552 \begin_layout Standard
14553 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14558 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14561 \begin_layout Section
14566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14582 \begin_layout Standard
14583 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14586 \begin_layout Description
14588 \begin_inset Space ~
14591 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14592 \begin_inset Newline newline
14596 \begin_inset Note Note
14599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14600 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14608 \begin_layout Description
14609 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14610 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14612 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14613 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14614 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14617 \begin_inset Newline newline
14621 \begin_inset Note Comment
14624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14625 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14633 \begin_layout Description
14635 \begin_inset Space ~
14638 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14639 \begin_inset Newline newline
14643 \begin_inset Newline newline
14647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14657 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14658 How this can be done is explained in the
14667 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14673 \begin_inset Newline newline
14677 \begin_inset Newline newline
14680 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14681 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14684 \begin_layout Description
14685 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14687 \begin_inset Box Framed
14696 height_special "totalheight"
14699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14700 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14705 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14706 \begin_inset Space ~
14710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14712 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14716 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14720 \begin_layout Description
14721 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14722 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14731 height_special "totalheight"
14734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14735 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14740 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14741 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14745 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14746 \begin_inset Graphics
14747 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14750 scaleBeforeRotation
14756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14760 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14763 \begin_layout Section
14768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14777 name "sec:Footnotes"
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14785 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14791 or the toolbar button
14792 \begin_inset Graphics
14793 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14807 \begin_inset Graphics
14808 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14819 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14848 label, the box will
14852 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14853 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14866 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14882 \begin_layout Standard
14883 Here's an example footnote:
14891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14892 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14900 \begin_layout Standard
14901 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14902 position where the footnote box is placed.
14903 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14904 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14905 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14906 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14907 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14912 ey are described in the
14919 \begin_layout Section
14924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14933 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14940 \begin_layout Standard
14941 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14942 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14946 \begin_inset Space ~
14951 or the toolbar button
14952 \begin_inset Graphics
14953 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14981 appearing within your text.
14982 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14991 \begin_layout Standard
14992 At the side is an example marginal note.
14996 \begin_inset Marginal
14999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15000 This is a marginal note.
15008 \begin_layout Standard
15009 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15010 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15011 pages, right on odd pages.
15014 \begin_layout Section
15015 Graphics and Images
15019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15038 name "sec:Graphics"
15045 \begin_layout Standard
15046 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15047 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15048 \begin_inset Graphics
15049 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15060 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15064 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15069 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15070 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15071 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15073 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15074 \begin_inset Space ~
15078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15080 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15087 \begin_layout Standard
15092 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15093 of the image in the output.
15094 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15098 \begin_inset Space ~
15102 \begin_inset Space ~
15111 \begin_inset Space ~
15115 \begin_inset Space ~
15119 \begin_inset Space ~
15124 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15125 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15133 \begin_layout Standard
15134 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15139 You can also set the
15143 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15144 This option is explained in section
15145 \begin_inset Space ~
15149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15151 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15159 \begin_inset Space ~
15164 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15165 image size is printed.
15168 \begin_layout Standard
15169 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15170 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15172 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15173 centered paragraph:
15176 \begin_layout Standard
15178 \begin_inset Graphics
15179 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15183 rotateOrigin center
15190 \begin_layout Standard
15191 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15192 the image into a float, see section
15193 \begin_inset Space ~
15197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15199 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15206 \begin_layout Subsection
15211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15220 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15227 \begin_layout Standard
15228 You can insert images in any known file format.
15229 But as we explained in section
15230 \begin_inset Space ~
15234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15236 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15240 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15241 LyX uses therefore the program
15245 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15246 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15247 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15248 \begin_inset Space ~
15252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15254 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15261 \begin_layout Standard
15262 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15265 \begin_layout Description
15267 \begin_inset Space ~
15270 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15271 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15272 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15276 Graphics Interchange Format
15277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15280 (GIF, file extension
15281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15328 Portable Network Graphics
15329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15332 (PNG, file extension
15333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15380 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15384 (JPG, file extension
15385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15443 \begin_layout Description
15445 \begin_inset Space ~
15448 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15450 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15451 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15452 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15453 \begin_inset Newline newline
15456 Scalable image formats can be
15457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15460 Scalable Vector Graphics
15461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15464 (SVG, file extension
15465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15512 Encapsulated PostScript
15513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15516 (EPS, file extension
15517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15564 Portable Document Format
15565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15568 (PDF, file extension
15569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15591 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15592 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15593 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15599 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15607 \begin_layout Standard
15608 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15612 \begin_layout Section
15617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15633 \begin_layout Standard
15634 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15635 \begin_inset Graphics
15636 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15644 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15648 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15649 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15650 from the rest of the table.
15651 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15652 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15654 Here's an example table:
15657 \begin_layout Standard
15659 \begin_inset Tabular
15660 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15662 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15663 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15664 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15665 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15865 \begin_layout Subsection
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15870 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15871 brings up the table dialog.
15872 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15873 where the cursor is placed currently.
15874 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15875 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15876 done on all of your selection.
15879 \begin_layout Standard
15880 Additionally to the table dialog the
15883 \begin_inset Space ~
15888 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15890 It is for example currently only possible to add
15891 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15895 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15898 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15901 \begin_layout Standard
15905 \begin_inset Space ~
15910 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15911 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15912 current cell respectively.
15913 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15915 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15916 of text, see section
15917 \begin_inset Space ~
15921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15923 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15931 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15937 This will merge the cells to
15941 cell, spread over more than one column.
15942 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15943 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15944 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15945 in the last row without the upper border:
15948 \begin_layout Standard
15950 \begin_inset Tabular
15951 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15952 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15954 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15967 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15976 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16052 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16087 \begin_layout Standard
16088 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16089 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16090 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16091 explained in the tables section of the
16094 \begin_inset Space ~
16100 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16101 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16104 degrees counterclockwise.
16105 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16108 \begin_layout Standard
16109 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16117 Most DVI-viewers are
16121 able to display rotations.
16129 \begin_layout Standard
16134 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16139 adds lines for all cell borders.
16142 \begin_layout Subsection
16147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16148 Tables ! Longtables
16157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16166 \begin_layout Standard
16167 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16170 \begin_inset Space ~
16174 \begin_inset Space ~
16183 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16184 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16187 \begin_layout Description
16192 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16193 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16194 except for the first page, if
16197 \begin_inset Space ~
16205 \begin_layout Description
16209 \begin_inset Space ~
16214 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16215 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16218 \begin_layout Description
16223 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16224 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16225 except for the last page, if
16228 \begin_inset Space ~
16236 \begin_layout Description
16240 \begin_inset Space ~
16245 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16246 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16250 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16251 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16252 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16253 The others will then be defined as
16258 In this context, first means first in this order:
16261 \begin_inset Space ~
16273 \begin_inset Space ~
16279 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16282 \begin_layout Standard
16284 \begin_inset Tabular
16285 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16286 <features islongtable="true">
16287 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16288 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16289 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16290 <row endfirsthead="true">
16291 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16297 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16302 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16311 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16321 <row endfirsthead="true">
16322 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16333 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16342 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 <row endhead="true">
16355 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16366 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16375 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16385 <row endhead="true">
16386 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16418 <row endfoot="true">
16419 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16430 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16439 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16470 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17411 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <row endlastfoot="true">
18401 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 \begin_layout Subsection
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18452 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18459 \begin_layout Standard
18460 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18461 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18462 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18463 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18467 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18468 for the cell's paragraph.
18471 \begin_layout Standard
18472 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18473 for the column in the table dialog.
18474 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18475 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18479 \begin_layout Standard
18481 \begin_inset Tabular
18482 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18484 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18485 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18631 This is longer now.
18636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18688 This is longer now.
18693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 \begin_layout Standard
18720 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18721 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18722 Selection with the mouse or with
18726 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18727 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18728 the selection from outside the table.
18731 \begin_layout Section
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18752 \begin_layout Standard
18753 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18754 have a fixed location.
18756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18763 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18771 \begin_inset Space ~
18776 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18777 too much notes at the page.
18780 \begin_layout Standard
18781 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18782 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18783 and pages without text.
18784 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18785 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18786 Floats are therefore numbered.
18787 Referencing is described in section
18788 \begin_inset Space ~
18792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18794 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18801 \begin_layout Standard
18802 To insert a float, use the menu
18804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18808 A box with a caption that has e.
18809 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
18813 \begin_inset Space ~
18817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18821 \begin_inset Space ~
18825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18828 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18829 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18831 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18842 paragraph within the float.
18843 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18844 by left-clicking on the box label.
18845 A closed float box looks like this:
18846 \begin_inset Graphics
18847 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18853 -- a gray button with a red label.
18856 \begin_layout Standard
18857 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18858 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18861 \begin_layout Subsection
18865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18871 Floats ! Figure floats
18877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18879 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18886 \begin_layout Standard
18889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18890 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18893 inserts a float with the label
18894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18900 \begin_inset Space ~
18906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18910 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18911 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18912 This is what we did for Figure
18913 \begin_inset Space ~
18917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18919 reference "cap:Platypus"
18924 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18925 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18926 This was done in Figure
18927 \begin_inset Space ~
18931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18933 reference "cap:Escher"
18940 \begin_layout Standard
18941 \begin_inset Float figure
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 \begin_inset Graphics
18949 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18953 rotateOrigin center
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 \begin_inset Caption
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18966 name "cap:Platypus"
18970 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
18983 \begin_layout Standard
18984 \begin_inset Float figure
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 \begin_inset Caption
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 \begin_inset Graphics
19011 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19015 rotateOrigin center
19027 \begin_layout Standard
19028 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19030 As described in section
19031 \begin_inset Space ~
19035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19037 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19041 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19046 and refer to it using the menu
19048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19052 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19061 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19073 \begin_layout Standard
19074 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
19075 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19076 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
19080 \begin_inset Space ~
19085 in the appearing dialog, use the option
19089 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
19091 \begin_inset Space ~
19095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19097 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19101 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19102 You can also set the images one below the other.
19105 \begin_layout Standard
19106 \begin_inset Float figure
19111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19116 \begin_inset Float figure
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19122 \begin_inset Caption
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 \begin_inset Graphics
19135 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19147 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19151 \begin_inset Float figure
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 \begin_inset Caption
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19169 \begin_inset Graphics
19170 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19183 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19190 \begin_inset Caption
19192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19195 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19199 Two distorted images.
19212 \begin_layout Standard
19213 Note that the caption is added to the
19216 \begin_inset Space ~
19220 \begin_inset Space ~
19225 as described in section
19226 \begin_inset Space ~
19230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19232 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 Floats ! Table floats
19251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19253 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19260 \begin_layout Standard
19261 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19264 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19268 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19271 \begin_inset Space ~
19275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19277 reference "cap:Table-float"
19281 is an example of a table float.
19284 \begin_layout Standard
19285 \begin_inset Float table
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 \begin_inset Caption
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19296 name "cap:Table-float"
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 \begin_inset Tabular
19311 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19465 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19521 \begin_layout Standard
19522 This float type is inserted with the menu
19524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19525 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19529 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19530 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19534 , described in section
19535 \begin_inset Space ~
19539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19541 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19548 \begin_layout Standard
19549 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19563 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19566 \begin_layout Standard
19571 floatname{algorithm}{your
19572 \begin_inset Space ~
19578 \begin_layout Standard
19579 to the document preamble (menu
19581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19588 \begin_inset Space ~
19594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19622 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19629 \begin_layout Standard
19630 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19638 \begin_inset Graphics
19639 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19643 rotateOrigin center
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 \begin_inset Caption
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19656 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19660 This is a wrapped figure.
19661 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19674 This float type is used if you want to
19675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19682 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19684 It can be inserted using the menu
19686 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19687 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19689 \begin_inset Space ~
19694 if the LaTeX-package
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19703 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19716 \begin_inset Space ~
19726 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19729 \begin_inset Space ~
19733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19735 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19739 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19740 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 Available units are explained in Appendix
19749 \begin_inset Space ~
19753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19755 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19764 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19768 \begin_layout Standard
19769 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19777 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19778 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19779 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19780 over some other text.
19788 \begin_layout Itemize
19789 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19790 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19791 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19792 breaks will appear.
19795 \begin_layout Itemize
19796 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19797 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19800 \begin_layout Itemize
19801 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19802 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19805 \begin_layout Itemize
19806 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19809 \begin_layout Subsection
19811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19813 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19830 \begin_layout Standard
19831 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19832 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19836 \begin_inset Space ~
19844 \begin_layout Standard
19845 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19846 a two-column document).
19847 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19848 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19855 \begin_layout Standard
19856 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19857 format is also the same: Table
19858 \begin_inset Space ~
19862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19864 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19868 is an example of a rotated table float.
19871 \begin_layout Standard
19872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19880 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19888 \begin_layout Standard
19889 \begin_inset Float table
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 \begin_inset Caption
19897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19900 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19914 \begin_inset Tabular
19915 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19917 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19918 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19919 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19920 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19921 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 \begin_layout Subsection
19983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19985 name "sub:Float-Placement"
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20002 \begin_layout Standard
20003 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20004 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20005 \begin_inset Newline newline
20011 \begin_inset Space ~
20016 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20017 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20019 \begin_inset Newline newline
20025 \begin_inset Space ~
20030 is used to rotate floats, see section
20031 \begin_inset Space ~
20035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20037 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20044 \begin_layout Standard
20045 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20046 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20049 \begin_inset Space ~
20053 \begin_inset Space ~
20061 \begin_layout Description
20063 \begin_inset Space ~
20067 \begin_inset Space ~
20070 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20073 \begin_layout Description
20075 \begin_inset Space ~
20079 \begin_inset Space ~
20082 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20085 \begin_layout Description
20087 \begin_inset Space ~
20091 \begin_inset Space ~
20094 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20097 \begin_layout Description
20099 \begin_inset Space ~
20103 \begin_inset Space ~
20106 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20109 \begin_layout Standard
20110 The order of the above option is
20115 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20119 \begin_inset Space ~
20123 \begin_inset Space ~
20131 \begin_inset Space ~
20135 \begin_inset Space ~
20140 , and then the others.
20141 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20143 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20144 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20147 \begin_layout Standard
20148 By default, each options has its own rules:
20151 \begin_layout Standard
20155 \begin_inset Space ~
20159 \begin_inset Space ~
20164 only floats occupying less than 70
20165 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20168 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20171 \begin_layout Standard
20175 \begin_inset Space ~
20179 \begin_inset Space ~
20184 : only floats occupying less than 30
20185 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20188 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20191 \begin_layout Standard
20195 \begin_inset Space ~
20199 \begin_inset Space ~
20204 : only if more than 50
20205 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20208 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20212 \begin_layout Standard
20213 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20217 \begin_inset Space ~
20221 \begin_inset Space ~
20229 \begin_layout Standard
20230 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20231 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20232 For this case you can use the option
20235 \begin_inset Space ~
20241 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20243 Because the float is then no longer able to
20244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20251 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20254 \begin_layout Standard
20255 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20256 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20259 \begin_layout Standard
20260 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20262 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20264 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20271 \begin_layout Section
20276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20285 name "sec:Minipages"
20292 \begin_layout Standard
20293 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20295 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20296 \begin_inset Space ~
20303 \begin_layout Standard
20304 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20310 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20311 and its alignment within the page.
20314 \begin_layout Standard
20316 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20325 height_special "totalheight"
20328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 This is a minipage.
20332 The text is set in an italic style.
20335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20338 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20339 another formatting.
20347 \begin_layout Standard
20348 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20351 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20355 as described in section
20356 \begin_inset Space ~
20360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20362 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20367 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20373 \begin_layout Standard
20374 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20383 height_special "totalheight"
20386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20387 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20388 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20394 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
20398 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20407 height_special "totalheight"
20410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20411 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20412 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20420 \begin_layout Standard
20421 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20427 \begin_layout Standard
20428 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20429 to other box types.
20430 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20441 \begin_layout Chapter
20442 Mathematical Formulas
20446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20487 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20494 \begin_layout Standard
20495 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20500 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20503 \begin_layout Section
20508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 \begin_layout Standard
20518 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20519 \begin_inset Graphics
20520 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20526 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20528 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20529 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20530 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20538 \begin_layout Standard
20539 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20543 \begin_inset Space ~
20548 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20551 \begin_layout Standard
20552 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20553 line, like this one:
20556 \begin_layout Standard
20557 This is a line with an inline formula
20558 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20564 \begin_layout Standard
20565 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20567 \begin_inset Formula \[
20572 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20575 \begin_layout Standard
20576 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20592 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20593 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20597 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20600 \begin_inset Space ~
20608 \begin_layout Subsection
20609 Navigating in Formulas
20613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20622 \begin_layout Standard
20623 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20624 achieved with the arrow keys.
20625 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20626 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20631 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20632 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20636 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20640 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20642 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20650 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20655 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20656 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20659 \begin_layout Standard
20664 , printed in this document as
20665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20686 \begin_inset Note Note
20689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20690 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20691 space character (visible space).
20696 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20697 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20698 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20703 For example, if you want
20704 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20758 , since in the latter case only the
20761 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20766 will be under the square root sign:
20767 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20773 \begin_layout Standard
20774 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20776 \begin_inset Formula \[
20777 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20780 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20784 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20785 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20788 \begin_layout Subsection
20792 \begin_layout Standard
20793 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20794 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20798 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20799 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20800 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20801 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20802 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20805 \begin_layout Subsection
20806 Exponents and Subscripts
20810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20830 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20831 way is to use a command.
20833 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20836 , type in a formula
20842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20858 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20864 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20868 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20889 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20898 , you have to use an extra
20902 to separate the hat and the character.
20905 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20926 Subscripts are similar: To get
20927 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20950 \begin_layout Subsection
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20964 \begin_layout Standard
20965 Create a fraction with either the command
20972 \begin_inset Graphics
20973 filename ../images/math/frac.png
20982 \begin_inset Space ~
20988 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
20989 The cursor is above the fraction line.
20990 To move it to the bottom, simply press
20995 To move back up, press
21000 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21001 \begin_inset Formula \[
21002 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21004 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21011 \begin_layout Subsection
21016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21025 \begin_layout Standard
21026 Roots can be created using the
21029 \begin_inset Space ~
21035 \begin_inset Graphics
21036 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21060 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21066 produces always a square root.
21069 \begin_layout Subsection
21070 Operators with Limits
21074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21093 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21100 \begin_layout Standard
21102 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21106 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21109 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21110 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21111 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21112 The sum operator will automatically place its
21113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21120 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21123 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21127 \begin_inset Formula \[
21128 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21132 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21137 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21139 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21140 behind the operator and hitting
21146 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21147 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21149 \begin_inset Space ~
21153 \begin_inset Space ~
21161 \begin_layout Standard
21162 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21170 feature as addition, such as
21174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21181 \begin_inset Formula \[
21182 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21186 which will place the
21187 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21199 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21200 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21206 \begin_layout Standard
21207 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21214 Have a look at section
21215 \begin_inset Space ~
21219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21221 reference "sub:Functions"
21225 for an explanation of function macros.
21228 \begin_layout Subsection
21233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21242 \begin_layout Standard
21243 Most math symbols can be found in the
21246 \begin_inset Space ~
21251 under one of several categories; including
21268 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21272 \begin_layout Standard
21273 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21274 you don't have to use the
21277 \begin_inset Space ~
21282 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21283 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21286 \begin_layout Subsection
21291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21300 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21307 \begin_layout Standard
21308 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21317 \begin_inset Space ~
21323 \begin_inset Graphics
21324 filename ../images/math/space.png
21330 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21331 Here a example for the sequence
21336 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21340 \begin_inset Graphics
21341 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21347 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21348 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21349 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21350 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21355 \begin_layout Standard
21365 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21371 \begin_layout Standard
21381 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21387 \begin_layout Subsection
21392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21401 name "sub:Functions"
21408 \begin_layout Standard
21412 \begin_inset Space ~
21417 contains under the button
21418 \begin_inset Graphics
21419 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21424 a number of functions, such as
21425 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21429 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21437 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21444 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21445 avoid confusions, because
21446 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21450 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21456 \begin_layout Standard
21457 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21459 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21463 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21469 \begin_layout Standard
21470 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21471 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21472 \begin_inset Space ~
21476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21478 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21485 \begin_layout Subsection
21490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21499 \begin_layout Standard
21500 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21502 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21503 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21505 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21508 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21509 Our example is entered by typing
21517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21530 \begin_inset Space ~
21534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21536 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21540 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21543 \begin_layout Standard
21544 \begin_inset Float table
21549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21550 \begin_inset Caption
21552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21555 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21559 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21569 \begin_inset Tabular
21570 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21658 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21712 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21766 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21820 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21874 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21928 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21982 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
21992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22036 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22090 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22135 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22156 \begin_layout Standard
22157 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22160 \begin_inset Space ~
22166 \begin_inset Graphics
22167 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22172 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22176 \begin_layout Section
22177 Brackets and Delimiters
22181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22200 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22207 \begin_layout Standard
22208 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22209 For most purposes, using just the keys
22214 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22215 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22218 \begin_inset Space ~
22224 \begin_inset Graphics
22225 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22231 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22233 \begin_inset Formula \[
22234 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22236 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22240 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22241 \begin_inset Formula \[
22242 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22249 \begin_layout Standard
22250 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22251 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22254 \begin_layout Standard
22255 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22256 left side and right side.
22257 If you use the option
22260 \begin_inset Space ~
22265 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22266 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22267 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22268 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22271 \begin_layout Standard
22272 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22273 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22274 inside the brackets.
22275 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22280 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22283 \begin_layout Standard
22284 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22295 \begin_layout Section
22300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22309 name "sec:Grouping"
22316 \begin_layout Standard
22317 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22318 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22329 \begin_layout Standard
22330 \begin_inset Formula \[
22331 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22338 \begin_layout Standard
22339 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22354 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22355 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22356 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22359 \begin_layout Section
22360 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22385 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22393 \begin_layout Standard
22394 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22397 \begin_inset Space ~
22403 \begin_inset Graphics
22404 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22410 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22411 Here is an example:
22412 \begin_inset Formula \[
22413 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22416 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22420 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22421 \begin_inset Space ~
22425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22427 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22432 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22433 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22434 This alignment is set in the box
22439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22487 for every column as default.
22488 For example, the sequence
22489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22500 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22501 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22502 corresponds to the relevant column.
22503 The result will look like this:
22504 \begin_inset Formula \[
22506 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22507 column & has & has\, right\\
22508 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22515 \begin_layout Standard
22516 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22520 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22521 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22523 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22529 \begin_layout Standard
22530 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22531 It can be created with the menu
22533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22534 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22536 \begin_inset Space ~
22549 \begin_inset Formula \[
22553 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22560 \begin_layout Standard
22561 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22564 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22572 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22581 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22589 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22590 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22591 A new row is created by every further hit of
22599 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22600 Here is an example:
22601 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22602 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22603 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22607 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22608 where you want to start the shift and hit
22613 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22614 position to the next column.
22615 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22616 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22617 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22618 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22625 \begin_layout Standard
22626 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22633 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22634 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22637 reference "eq:asquared"
22642 The other types are described in section
22643 \begin_inset Space ~
22647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22649 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22656 \begin_layout Section
22657 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22662 Math ! Formula numbering
22671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22672 Math ! Referencing formulas
22678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22680 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22687 \begin_layout Standard
22688 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22690 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22691 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22693 \begin_inset Space ~
22701 \begin_inset Space ~
22707 The formula number appears in LyX as
22708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22715 within parentheses.
22717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22724 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22726 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22727 the document class.
22728 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22729 separated by a dot:
22730 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22731 1+1=2\end{equation}
22738 \begin_inset Space ~
22743 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22744 You can only number displayed formulas.
22747 \begin_layout Standard
22748 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22750 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22751 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22753 \begin_inset Space ~
22757 \begin_inset Space ~
22761 \begin_inset Space ~
22769 \begin_inset Space ~
22774 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22775 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22777 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22778 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22782 To number all lines use the shortcut
22785 \begin_inset Space ~
22793 \begin_layout Standard
22794 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22797 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22798 A label is inserted with the menu
22800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22803 when the cursor is in the formula.
22804 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22805 It is recommended to use the proposed
22806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22817 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22818 type when you have many labels in your document.
22819 We inserted in the following example the label
22820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22827 in the second line:
22828 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22829 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22830 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22834 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22835 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22845 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22847 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22849 \begin_inset Space ~
22855 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22856 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22857 as the formula number:
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22861 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22864 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22871 \begin_layout Standard
22872 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22873 \begin_inset Space ~
22877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22879 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22884 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22890 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22895 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22903 \begin_layout Section
22904 User defined math macros
22908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22917 name "sec:math-macros"
22924 \begin_layout Standard
22925 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22926 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22927 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22929 \begin_inset Newline newline
22932 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22933 \begin_inset Formula \[
22934 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22938 The general form of its solution is:
22939 \begin_inset Formula \[
22940 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22947 \begin_layout Standard
22948 The macro should print the parameters
22949 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22953 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22957 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22960 like in the equation above.
22963 \begin_layout Standard
22964 A macro is created by executing the command
22967 \begin_layout Standard
22974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22997 \begin_inset Space ~
23001 \begin_inset Space ~
23007 \begin_layout Standard
23008 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23009 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23010 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23011 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23016 We have three arguments and name the macro
23017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23024 , so that the command is:
23027 \begin_layout Standard
23034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23059 \begin_layout Standard
23060 This results in the following macro definition box:
23061 \begin_inset Graphics
23062 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23068 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23069 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23070 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23074 \begin_inset Note Note
23077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23078 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23079 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23087 \begin_layout Standard
23088 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23089 the math panel or commands.
23090 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23091 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23102 for the first argument.
23103 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23104 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23105 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23106 in LyX with its full size.
23107 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23108 In our example we insert the sequence
23109 \begin_inset Newline newline
23137 \begin_inset Newline newline
23142 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23145 \begin_layout Standard
23146 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23161 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23164 \begin_layout Standard
23166 \begin_inset Graphics
23167 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23175 \begin_layout Standard
23176 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23177 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23178 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23179 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23180 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23183 \begin_layout Standard
23184 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23185 to the new definition.
23186 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23187 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23191 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23195 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23199 \begin_inset Formula \[
23207 \begin_layout Standard
23208 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23212 \begin_layout Standard
23226 \begin_inset Newline newline
23233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23259 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23262 \begin_layout Standard
23263 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23264 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23265 definition box in your document.
23266 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23268 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23270 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23275 \begin_layout Section
23279 \begin_layout Subsection
23284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 \begin_layout Standard
23294 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23295 To set a font in a formula, use the
23298 \begin_inset Space ~
23304 \begin_inset Graphics
23305 filename ../images/math/font.png
23310 , or enter its command, listed in table
23311 \begin_inset Space ~
23315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23317 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23324 \begin_layout Standard
23325 \begin_inset Float table
23330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23331 \begin_inset Caption
23333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23336 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23340 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23350 \begin_inset Tabular
23351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23386 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23413 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23440 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23473 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23500 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23527 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23622 \begin_layout Standard
23623 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23649 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23654 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23655 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23656 Here an example where a
23657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23668 denotes the set of numbers:
23669 \begin_inset Formula \[
23670 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23677 \begin_layout Standard
23678 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23689 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23693 \begin_inset Newline newline
23696 So better don't use this feature.
23699 \begin_layout Standard
23700 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23701 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23705 \begin_inset Newline newline
23708 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23714 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23715 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23721 \begin_layout Standard
23728 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23732 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23734 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23735 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23737 \begin_inset Space ~
23745 \begin_layout Subsection
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23759 \begin_layout Standard
23760 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23762 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23766 \begin_inset Space ~
23770 \begin_inset Space ~
23778 \begin_inset Space ~
23784 \begin_inset Graphics
23785 filename ../images/math/font.png
23790 (alternatively the shortcut
23793 \begin_inset Space ~
23799 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23800 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23801 Here is an example:
23802 \begin_inset Formula \[
23804 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23805 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23812 \begin_layout Subsection
23817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23826 \begin_layout Standard
23827 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23828 automatically chosen in most situations.
23846 For most characters,
23854 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23855 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23860 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23861 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23862 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23863 \begin_inset Graphics
23864 filename ../images/math/style.png
23870 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23871 For example, you can set
23872 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23875 , which is normally in
23884 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23888 The four styles are used in the following example:
23891 \begin_layout Standard
23892 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23896 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23900 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23904 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23910 \begin_layout Standard
23911 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23912 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23914 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23916 \begin_inset Space ~
23921 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23922 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23923 will be adjusted to correspond.
23924 As example a formula in the font size
23925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23935 \begin_layout Standard
23939 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23945 \begin_layout Section
23950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23969 \begin_layout Standard
23970 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23971 (AMS) that are in common use.
23974 \begin_layout Subsection
23975 Enabling AMS-Support
23978 \begin_layout Standard
23979 Selecting the checkbox
23982 \begin_inset Space ~
23986 \begin_inset Space ~
23990 \begin_inset Space ~
23997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24005 Document ! Settings
24013 \begin_inset Space ~
24018 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24020 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24021 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24024 \begin_layout Subsection
24026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24028 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24037 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24045 \begin_layout Standard
24046 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24047 LyX allows you to choose between
24068 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24071 \begin_layout Chapter
24075 \begin_layout Section
24080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24089 name "sec:Cross-References"
24096 \begin_layout Standard
24097 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24098 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24100 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24101 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24102 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24105 \begin_layout Enumerate
24109 \begin_layout Enumerate
24110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24112 name "enu:Second-item"
24119 \begin_layout Enumerate
24123 \begin_layout Standard
24124 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24129 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24130 \begin_inset Graphics
24131 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24138 A grey label box like this:
24139 \begin_inset Graphics
24140 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24146 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24147 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24182 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24183 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24198 \begin_layout Standard
24199 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24204 or the toolbar button
24205 \begin_inset Graphics
24206 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24213 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24214 \begin_inset Graphics
24215 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24221 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24223 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24236 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24238 Here is our cross-reference:
24241 \begin_layout Standard
24243 \begin_inset Space ~
24247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24249 reference "enu:Second-item"
24256 \begin_layout Standard
24257 It is recommended to use a protected space
24261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24262 described in section
24263 \begin_inset Space ~
24267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24269 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24278 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24282 \begin_layout Standard
24283 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24286 \begin_layout Description
24287 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24290 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24297 \begin_layout Description
24298 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24299 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24311 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24318 \begin_layout Description
24319 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24320 \begin_inset Space ~
24324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24325 LatexCommand pageref
24326 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24333 \begin_layout Description
24335 \begin_inset Space ~
24339 \begin_inset Space ~
24342 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24344 LatexCommand vpageref
24345 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24352 \begin_layout Description
24354 \begin_inset Space ~
24358 \begin_inset Space ~
24362 \begin_inset Space ~
24365 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24369 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24376 \begin_layout Description
24378 \begin_inset Space ~
24381 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24382 \begin_inset Newline newline
24386 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24394 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24401 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24416 \begin_layout Standard
24417 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24418 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24420 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
24424 \begin_inset Space ~
24428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24442 \begin_layout Standard
24443 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24444 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24445 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24449 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24454 You can only use the style
24458 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24462 is always possible.
24465 \begin_layout Standard
24466 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24467 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24468 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24469 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24470 \begin_inset Space ~
24474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24476 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24487 \begin_inset Space ~
24491 \begin_inset Space ~
24496 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24497 The button text changes then to
24500 \begin_inset Space ~
24505 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24506 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24507 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24511 \begin_layout Standard
24512 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24513 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24514 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24517 \begin_layout Standard
24518 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24519 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24522 \begin_layout Standard
24523 References are described in detail in the
24530 \begin_layout Section
24531 Table of Contents and other Listings
24535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24561 \begin_layout Subsection
24562 Table of Contents and Outline
24563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24565 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24572 \begin_layout Standard
24573 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24576 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24578 \begin_inset Space ~
24582 \begin_inset Space ~
24588 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24589 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24590 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24591 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24598 \begin_layout Standard
24599 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24600 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24602 \begin_inset Space ~
24606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24608 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24612 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24614 \begin_inset Space ~
24618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24620 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24624 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24626 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24627 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24628 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24631 \begin_layout Standard
24632 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24634 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24636 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24642 \begin_layout Subsection
24643 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24655 You can insert them via the
24657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24659 \begin_inset Space ~
24663 \begin_inset Space ~
24669 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24672 \begin_layout Section
24673 URLs and Hyperlinks
24677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24703 \begin_layout Subsection
24707 \begin_layout Standard
24708 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24710 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24717 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24718 \begin_inset Flex URL
24721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24731 \begin_layout Standard
24732 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24738 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24742 \begin_layout Standard
24743 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24751 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24759 \begin_layout Subsection
24763 \begin_layout Standard
24764 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24769 or with the toolbar button
24770 \begin_inset Graphics
24771 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24773 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24778 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24787 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24788 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24789 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24791 name "LyX's homepage"
24792 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24796 , an Email address like this:
24797 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24799 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24800 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24805 , or a link to a file.
24808 \begin_layout Standard
24809 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24822 to the link target.
24825 \begin_layout Standard
24826 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary and become clickable
24827 in the DVI and PDF-output.
24828 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24829 the text style dialog.
24830 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24834 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24836 name "LyX's homepage"
24837 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24844 \begin_layout Standard
24845 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24849 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24851 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24852 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24856 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24858 \begin_inset Newline newline
24866 \begin_inset Newline newline
24873 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24876 \begin_layout Section
24881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24890 name "sec:Appendices"
24897 \begin_layout Standard
24898 Appendices are created with the menu
24900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24902 \begin_inset Space ~
24906 \begin_inset Space ~
24912 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24913 as appendix region.
24914 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24917 \begin_layout Standard
24918 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24919 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24920 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24921 and the subsection number.
24922 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24926 \begin_layout Standard
24928 \begin_inset Space ~
24932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24934 reference "cha:Credits"
24939 \begin_inset Space ~
24943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24945 reference "sub:Export"
24952 \begin_layout Section
24957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24966 name "sec:Bibliography"
24973 \begin_layout Standard
24974 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24975 You can include a bibliography database
24979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24980 Known under the name
24981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24993 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
24995 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
24999 , described in section
25000 \begin_inset Space ~
25004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25006 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25013 \begin_layout Standard
25018 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25020 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25029 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25031 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25040 , a short form of its title, as key.
25043 \begin_layout Standard
25044 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25046 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25049 or the toobar button
25050 \begin_inset Graphics
25051 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25053 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25058 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25059 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25060 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25061 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25065 \begin_layout Standard
25066 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25067 with surrounding brackets.
25072 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25073 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25085 \begin_layout Standard
25088 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25091 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25093 key "latexcompanion"
25100 \begin_layout Standard
25101 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25102 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25111 \begin_layout Subsection
25112 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25117 Bibliography ! Databases
25126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25127 Bibliography ! BibT
25131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25146 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25151 \begin_inset Note Note
25154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25155 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
25163 \begin_layout Standard
25164 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25166 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25168 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25169 your working field in a database.
25170 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25171 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25174 \begin_layout Standard
25175 The database is a text file with the file extension
25176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25187 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25188 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25189 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25191 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25196 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25198 \begin_inset Newline newline
25202 \begin_inset Flex URL
25205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25207 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25213 \begin_inset Newline newline
25216 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25219 \begin_layout Standard
25220 To use a database, use the menu
25222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25227 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25240 \begin_inset Space ~
25246 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25247 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25250 \begin_layout Standard
25251 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25263 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25264 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25265 take care of the layout.
25268 \begin_layout Standard
25269 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25272 \begin_layout Standard
25273 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25280 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25282 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25316 \begin_inset Space ~
25322 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25330 \begin_layout Standard
25331 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25337 \begin_layout Standard
25338 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25339 the two methods of creating them.
25340 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25341 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25342 We used the style file
25346 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25349 \begin_layout Subsection
25350 Bibliography layout
25354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25355 Bibliography ! Layout
25363 \begin_layout Standard
25364 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25365 For this feature you need to use the option
25371 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25379 Document ! Settings
25389 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25390 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25391 in the previous section.
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25396 in the citation reference window.
25397 Here an example where we set the text
25398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25402 \begin_inset Space ~
25406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25409 to appear after the reference:
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25414 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25417 key "latexcompanion"
25424 \begin_layout Section
25429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25446 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25450 \begin_inset Space ~
25455 or the toolbar button
25456 \begin_inset Graphics
25457 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25459 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25476 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25477 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25478 by LyX as index entry.
25481 \begin_layout Standard
25482 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25483 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25485 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25487 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25495 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25498 \begin_layout Standard
25499 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25503 \begin_inset Space ~
25507 \begin_inset Space ~
25510 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25512 \begin_inset Space ~
25518 A light blue box labeled
25519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25530 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25531 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25534 \begin_layout Subsection
25535 Grouping Index Entries
25539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25549 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25551 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25552 lists under the entry
25553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25561 First we create the entry
25562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25570 \begin_inset Space ~
25574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25576 reference "sub:Lists"
25581 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25582 \begin_inset Space ~
25586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25588 reference "sec:Itemize"
25592 , we insert the command
25595 \begin_layout Standard
25601 \begin_layout Standard
25605 \begin_layout Standard
25611 \begin_layout Standard
25612 for the enumerated list in section
25613 \begin_inset Space ~
25617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25619 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25627 The exclamation mark
25628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25635 marks the grouping levels.
25636 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25637 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25638 If we don't have an index entry for
25639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25646 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25649 \begin_layout Subsection
25654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25655 Index ! Page ranges
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25664 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25666 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25667 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25669 \begin_inset Space ~
25673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25675 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25682 \begin_layout Standard
25685 Paragraph environments|(
25688 \begin_layout Standard
25689 and another entry at the end of section
25690 \begin_inset Space ~
25694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25696 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25703 \begin_layout Standard
25706 Paragraph environments|)
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25734 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25735 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25736 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25737 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25738 An example is the index entry
25739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25742 Document ! Settings
25743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25749 \begin_layout Subsection
25754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25755 Index ! Cross referencing
25763 \begin_layout Standard
25764 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25765 We referred for example in the index entry
25766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25774 \begin_inset Space ~
25778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25780 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25784 ) to the index entry
25785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25792 in the same section using the entry
25795 \begin_layout Standard
25798 GIF|see{Image formats}
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25802 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25803 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25804 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25807 \begin_layout Subsection
25812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25813 Index ! Entry order
25821 \begin_layout Standard
25822 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25823 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25824 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25829 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25831 \begin_inset Space ~
25835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25837 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25846 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25847 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25876 Dummy entries ! maïs
25885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25886 Dummy entries ! maître
25895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25896 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25901 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25902 order maïs, maison, maître.
25903 To achieve this, we use the command
25906 \begin_layout Standard
25909 previous entry@current entry
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25913 In our case we want to have
25914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25929 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25932 \begin_layout Standard
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25939 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25940 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25944 \begin_layout Subsection
25949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25950 Index ! Entry layout
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25959 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25964 Dummy entries ! This@
25966 This is an italic entry at the correct position
25975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25978 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
25983 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
25985 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
25989 \begin_layout Standard
25994 This is an italic entry
25997 \begin_layout Standard
25998 You can also format the page number using the character
25999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26006 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26007 We can write for example
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26013 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26017 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26022 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26027 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26045 \begin_inset Space ~
26051 Have a look at section
26052 \begin_inset Space ~
26056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26058 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26062 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26066 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26068 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26069 for all index entries.
26072 \begin_layout Subsection
26077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26086 name "sub:Index-Program"
26093 \begin_layout Standard
26094 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26099 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26101 \begin_inset Space ~
26105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26107 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26112 The available options are listed and explained in
26113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26122 \begin_layout Standard
26123 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26141 \begin_layout Section
26142 Nomenclature / Glossary
26146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26187 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26194 \begin_layout Standard
26195 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26196 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26200 \begin_layout Standard
26201 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26208 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26216 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26217 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26223 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26226 \begin_layout Standard
26227 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26228 and then use the menu
26230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26236 \begin_inset Space ~
26241 or the toobar button
26242 \begin_inset Graphics
26243 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26262 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26265 \begin_layout Standard
26266 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26267 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26268 The second is the description of the symbol.
26271 \begin_layout Standard
26272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26280 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26281 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26289 \begin_layout Subsection
26290 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26295 Nomenclature ! Layout
26303 \begin_layout Standard
26304 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26308 field as LaTeX-formula.
26310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26314 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26322 \begin_inset Newline newline
26330 \begin_inset Newline newline
26336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26343 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26344 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26356 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26366 \begin_layout Standard
26367 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26368 \begin_inset Space ~
26372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26374 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26385 \begin_inset Space ~
26390 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26391 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26396 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26403 in this document is:
26404 \begin_inset Newline newline
26409 dummy entry for the character
26414 \begin_inset Newline newline
26426 \begin_inset Space ~
26436 font use the command
26465 \begin_layout Subsection
26466 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26471 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26479 \begin_layout Standard
26480 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26481 the symbol definition.
26482 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26483 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26486 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26487 LatexCommand nomenclature
26489 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26496 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26500 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26501 LatexCommand nomenclature
26504 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26509 They will be sorted by
26510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26536 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26539 will be sorted before the
26543 since the character
26544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26551 is considered in sorting.
26554 \begin_layout Standard
26555 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26558 \begin_inset Space ~
26563 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26564 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26566 For the given example, you can insert
26570 to this field for the
26571 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26578 will be located before
26579 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26586 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26591 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26600 \begin_layout Subsection
26601 Nomenclature Options
26605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26606 Nomenclature ! Options
26614 \begin_layout Standard
26619 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26620 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26623 \begin_layout Description
26624 refeq Appends the phrase
26625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26640 to every nomenclature entry, where
26646 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26649 \begin_layout Description
26650 refpage Appends the phrase
26651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26666 to every nomenclature entry, where
26672 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26675 \begin_layout Description
26676 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26679 \begin_layout Standard
26680 There are furthermore the options
26724 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26728 \begin_layout Standard
26729 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26730 class options list in the
26732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26736 In this document the options
26747 \begin_layout Standard
26748 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26755 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26756 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26761 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26764 \begin_layout Description
26774 \begin_layout Description
26777 nomrefpage Like the
26784 \begin_layout Description
26787 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26796 \begin_layout Description
26800 \begin_inset Space ~
26806 \begin_inset Space ~
26811 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26814 \begin_layout Subsection
26815 Printing the Nomenclature
26819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26820 Nomenclature ! Printing
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26829 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26833 \begin_inset Space ~
26837 \begin_inset Space ~
26840 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26844 A light blue box labeled
26845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26856 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26857 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26860 \begin_layout Standard
26861 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26870 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26878 For example, in order to change the name to
26882 , add the following line to the preamble:
26885 \begin_layout Standard
26893 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26896 \begin_layout Standard
26897 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26904 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26905 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26908 \begin_layout Standard
26916 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26922 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26923 \begin_inset Space ~
26927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26929 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26934 The default value is 1
26935 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
26941 \begin_layout Section
26946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26957 Document ! Branches
26963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26965 name "sec:Branches"
26972 \begin_layout Standard
26973 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26974 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26975 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26976 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26979 \begin_layout Standard
26980 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26981 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26982 To create a branch, go in the
26984 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26992 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26993 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
26996 \begin_layout Standard
26997 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
26998 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27003 where you can choose a branch.
27004 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27007 \begin_layout Standard
27008 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27009 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 \begin_inset Branch Question
27016 \begin_layout Standard
27017 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27025 \begin_layout Standard
27026 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27030 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27039 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27045 \begin_layout Standard
27046 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27047 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27049 For example you can define for the question branch
27053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27054 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27055 \begin_inset Space ~
27059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27061 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27073 \begin_layout Standard
27083 \begin_layout Standard
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27094 and for the answer branch
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27107 \begin_layout Standard
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27118 \begin_inset Branch Question
27121 \begin_layout Standard
27125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27153 \begin_layout Standard
27154 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27189 \begin_layout Standard
27190 Now it is possible to use the commands
27194 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27201 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27204 to obtain conditional output.
27205 Here is an example formula where only the
27212 \begin_inset Formula \[
27213 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27221 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27222 \begin_inset Space ~
27226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27228 reference "sec:math-macros"
27235 \begin_layout Section
27236 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27246 \begin_layout Subsection
27251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27260 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27267 \begin_layout Standard
27268 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27269 constructs, but not all.
27270 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27271 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27272 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27273 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27274 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27275 and their commands.
27278 \begin_layout Standard
27279 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27289 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27290 An ERT box is created by the menu
27292 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27295 or by the toolbar button
27296 \begin_inset Graphics
27297 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27303 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27316 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27317 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27328 \begin_layout Standard
27329 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27330 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27331 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27338 , you can write the command part
27344 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27348 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27349 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27354 \begin_inset Graphics
27355 filename clipart/ERT.png
27364 \begin_layout Standard
27368 \begin_layout Standard
27369 This is a line with a
27373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27405 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27406 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27414 \begin_layout Subsection
27415 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27416 \begin_inset OptArg
27419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27438 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27446 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27447 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27448 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27457 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27458 every time if you know the right commands.
27460 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27461 the end of the day.
27462 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27463 all caption labels bold.
27464 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27466 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27469 \begin_layout Standard
27470 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27471 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27472 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27474 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27484 As result you know that the package
27492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27493 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27499 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27512 usepackage[options]{package name}
27515 \begin_layout Standard
27516 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27517 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27518 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27522 In your case the package name is
27527 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27532 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27533 So you add the command
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27541 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27545 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27550 For more commands provided by the
27554 package, have a look at its documentation,
27555 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27569 \begin_layout Standard
27570 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27572 For example if you use a
27576 class, you don't need the package
27580 , you can instead write
27583 \begin_layout Standard
27588 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27594 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27595 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27596 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27603 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27607 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27608 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27610 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27614 \begin_layout Standard
27615 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27617 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27619 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27627 \begin_layout Section
27628 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27641 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27660 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27661 to break your train of thought with
27663 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27670 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27671 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27678 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27685 as explained below, and turn on
27688 \begin_inset Space ~
27695 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27701 \begin_inset Space ~
27705 \begin_inset Space ~
27708 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27715 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27717 Previews of an already loaded document are
27721 generated just by selecting the
27724 \begin_inset Space ~
27729 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27732 \begin_layout Standard
27733 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27734 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27737 \begin_inset Space ~
27742 check box in the insert dialog.
27743 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27752 (on some systems named simply
27757 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27759 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27765 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27766 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27774 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27779 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27786 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27790 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27792 \begin_inset Space ~
27797 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27798 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27800 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27801 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27802 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27803 the source view window.
27806 \begin_layout Section
27808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27810 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27828 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27829 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27846 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27852 can be seen as successor of
27856 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27861 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27862 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27871 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27872 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27879 \begin_layout Standard
27882 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27885 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27886 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27887 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27888 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27889 scrolled so that it is visible.
27894 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27896 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27900 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27901 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27905 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27908 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27912 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27913 will bring an error message.
27914 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27915 specifying a different
27917 Alternative language
27919 in preferences dialog.
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27923 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27926 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27931 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27932 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27934 But you can use the
27937 \begin_inset Space ~
27941 \begin_inset Space ~
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27950 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27951 This does work with
27955 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27958 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27967 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27970 \begin_layout Description
27972 \begin_inset Space ~
27975 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27976 should consider, e.g.
27977 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27978 This should not normally be needed.
27981 \begin_layout Description
27983 \begin_inset Space ~
27986 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27987 as your personal dictionary
27990 \begin_layout Description
27992 \begin_inset Space ~
27996 \begin_inset Space ~
27999 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28011 \begin_layout Description
28013 \begin_inset Space ~
28017 \begin_inset Space ~
28020 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28022 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28029 also for the spellchecker.
28033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28034 The encodings are explained in section
28035 \begin_inset Space ~
28039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28041 reference "sub:Settings"
28050 Only enable this if you use
28054 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28055 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28056 so this is disabled by default.
28059 \begin_layout Section
28064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28073 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28080 \begin_layout Standard
28081 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28088 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28091 or the toolbar button
28092 \begin_inset Graphics
28093 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28096 rotateOrigin center
28101 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28106 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28107 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28108 cases to find related words.
28111 \begin_layout Standard
28112 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28114 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28122 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28131 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28150 \begin_layout Section
28155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28166 Document ! Change Tracking
28172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28174 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28181 \begin_layout Standard
28182 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28183 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28184 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28185 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28187 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28189 \begin_inset Space ~
28192 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28194 \begin_inset Space ~
28202 \begin_layout Standard
28203 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28212 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28215 \begin_inset Space ~
28219 \begin_inset Space ~
28232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28241 \begin_layout Standard
28242 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28255 \begin_layout Standard
28256 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28262 \begin_layout Standard
28263 \begin_inset Graphics
28264 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28272 \begin_layout Standard
28273 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28279 \begin_layout Standard
28280 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28292 \begin_inset Tabular
28293 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28294 <features islongtable="true">
28295 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28296 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28302 \begin_inset Graphics
28303 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28306 rotateOrigin center
28315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28321 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28323 \begin_inset Space ~
28326 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28328 \begin_inset Space ~
28337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28342 \begin_inset Graphics
28343 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28346 rotateOrigin center
28355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28361 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28363 \begin_inset Space ~
28366 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28368 \begin_inset Space ~
28372 \begin_inset Space ~
28376 \begin_inset Space ~
28385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28390 \begin_inset Graphics
28391 filename ../images/change-next.png
28393 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28394 rotateOrigin center
28403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28407 Jumps to the next change
28413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28418 \begin_inset Graphics
28419 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28421 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28422 rotateOrigin center
28431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28437 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28439 \begin_inset Space ~
28442 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28444 \begin_inset Space ~
28453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28458 \begin_inset Graphics
28459 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28461 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28462 rotateOrigin center
28471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28479 \begin_inset Space ~
28482 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28484 \begin_inset Space ~
28493 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28498 \begin_inset Graphics
28499 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28501 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28502 rotateOrigin center
28511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28519 \begin_inset Space ~
28522 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28524 \begin_inset Space ~
28533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28538 \begin_inset Graphics
28539 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28542 rotateOrigin center
28551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28559 \begin_inset Space ~
28562 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28564 \begin_inset Space ~
28568 \begin_inset Space ~
28577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28582 \begin_inset Graphics
28583 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28585 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28586 rotateOrigin center
28595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28603 \begin_inset Space ~
28606 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28608 \begin_inset Space ~
28612 \begin_inset Space ~
28621 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28626 \begin_inset Graphics
28627 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28630 rotateOrigin center
28639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28646 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28648 \begin_inset Space ~
28657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28662 \begin_inset Graphics
28663 filename ../images/note-next.png
28665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28666 rotateOrigin center
28675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28681 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28683 \begin_inset Space ~
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28707 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28708 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28709 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28710 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28711 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28712 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28713 step to the next change.
28714 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28717 \begin_layout Standard
28718 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28719 to describe a change.
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28730 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28738 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28739 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28745 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28748 \begin_layout Section
28749 International Support
28753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28754 International support
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28763 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28764 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28765 how to set up LyX to use them:
28766 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28768 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28775 \begin_layout Standard
28776 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28777 \begin_inset Space ~
28781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28783 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28790 \begin_layout Subsection
28795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28806 Document ! Settings
28815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28816 Document ! Language
28824 \begin_layout Standard
28827 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28830 dialog lets you set
28832 the language and character encoding for your language.
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28837 Choose your language in the
28841 section of this dialog.
28849 \begin_layout Standard
28854 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28858 use language's default encoding
28860 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28861 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28862 \begin_inset Space ~
28866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28868 reference "sub:Settings"
28875 \begin_layout Subsection
28876 Keyboard mapping configuration
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28880 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28881 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28882 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28883 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28884 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28886 \begin_inset Space ~
28890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28892 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28897 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28898 which one you want to use.
28901 \begin_layout Standard
28902 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28903 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28904 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28905 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28906 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28907 one to support the characters you want.
28908 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28915 \begin_layout Subsection
28917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28926 \begin_layout Standard
28928 \begin_inset Space ~
28932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28934 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28943 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28947 \begin_layout Standard
28948 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28949 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28957 \begin_layout Itemize
28958 Even if you have selected
28964 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28967 dialog, users who have only the
28971 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28975 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28976 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28977 french quotes won't show up.
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28981 \begin_inset Float table
28986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28987 \begin_inset Caption
28989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28992 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29010 \begin_inset Tabular
29011 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29025 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29026 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29027 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 \begin_layout Standard
33443 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33445 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33446 also the characters from
33458 \begin_layout Itemize
33467 \begin_layout Standard
33468 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33469 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33475 \begin_layout Standard
33476 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33477 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33483 \begin_layout Standard
33484 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33485 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33491 \begin_layout Standard
33492 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33493 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33499 \begin_layout Standard
33501 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33507 \begin_layout Standard
33509 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33515 \begin_layout Standard
33517 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33524 \begin_layout Itemize
33537 \begin_layout Standard
33539 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33545 \begin_layout Standard
33547 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33553 \begin_layout Standard
33555 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33561 \begin_layout Standard
33563 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33569 \begin_layout Standard
33571 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33577 \begin_layout Standard
33579 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33586 \begin_layout Standard
33587 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33588 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33589 Also make sure you're using the
33596 \begin_layout Chapter
33599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33601 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33608 \begin_layout Standard
33609 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33610 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33611 inside the user's guide.
33614 \begin_layout Section
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 \begin_layout Standard
33633 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33634 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33637 \begin_layout Subsection
33641 \begin_layout Standard
33642 Creates a new document.
33645 \begin_layout Subsection
33649 \begin_layout Standard
33650 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33651 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33652 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33655 \begin_layout Subsection
33659 \begin_layout Standard
33663 \begin_layout Subsection
33667 \begin_layout Standard
33668 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33669 Click there on a file to open it.
33672 \begin_layout Subsection
33676 \begin_layout Standard
33677 Closes the current document.
33680 \begin_layout Subsection
33684 \begin_layout Standard
33685 Saves the actual document.
33688 \begin_layout Subsection
33692 \begin_layout Standard
33693 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33696 \begin_layout Subsection
33700 \begin_layout Standard
33701 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33704 \begin_layout Subsection
33708 \begin_layout Standard
33709 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33710 It is described in the section
33712 Version Control in LyX
33717 \begin_inset Space ~
33725 \begin_layout Subsection
33729 \begin_layout Standard
33730 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33731 text files (ASCII-files).
33732 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33735 \begin_layout Standard
33736 When using the menu
33739 \begin_inset Space ~
33743 \begin_inset Space ~
33748 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33749 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33750 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33751 will start a new paragraph.
33754 \begin_layout Subsection
33756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33765 \begin_layout Standard
33766 You can export your document to various file formats.
33767 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33768 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33769 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33772 \begin_layout Standard
33773 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33775 \begin_inset Space ~
33779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33781 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33788 \begin_layout Description
33792 \begin_inset Space ~
33797 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33798 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33801 \begin_layout Description
33809 \begin_layout Description
33810 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33814 \begin_layout Description
33816 \begin_inset Space ~
33820 \begin_inset Space ~
33823 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33827 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33835 \begin_layout Description
33842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33850 \begin_inset Space ~
33855 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33856 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33860 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33863 \begin_layout Description
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33878 \begin_inset Space ~
33883 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33884 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33892 \begin_layout Description
33894 \begin_inset Space ~
33897 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33905 is replaced by the version number)
33908 \begin_layout Description
33909 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33922 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33926 \begin_layout Description
33931 PDF-format using the program
33936 \begin_layout Description
33940 \begin_inset Space ~
33945 PDF-format using the program
33950 \begin_layout Description
33954 \begin_inset Space ~
33959 PDF-format using the program
33964 \begin_layout Description
33968 \begin_inset Space ~
33976 \begin_layout Description
33980 \begin_inset Space ~
33984 \begin_inset Space ~
33989 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33990 and then exported as text using the program
33995 \begin_layout Description
34000 PostScript format using the program
34005 \begin_layout Description
34013 \begin_layout Standard
34018 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34019 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34025 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34028 \begin_layout Standard
34029 If one of the menu entries
34036 \begin_inset Space ~
34045 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34046 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34047 \begin_inset Space ~
34051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34053 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 Reconfiguration of LyX
34070 \begin_layout Standard
34075 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34076 the export program.
34079 \begin_layout Subsection
34083 \begin_layout Standard
34084 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34085 or send it to a printer.
34086 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34087 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34093 For more informations have a look at section
34094 \begin_inset Space ~
34098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34100 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34107 \begin_layout Subsection
34108 New and Close Window
34111 \begin_layout Standard
34112 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34113 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34116 \begin_layout Section
34121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34130 \begin_layout Subsection
34134 \begin_layout Standard
34135 Described in section
34136 \begin_inset Space ~
34140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34142 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34149 \begin_layout Subsection
34150 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34153 \begin_layout Standard
34154 Described in section
34155 \begin_inset Space ~
34159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34161 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34168 \begin_layout Subsection
34172 \begin_layout Standard
34173 Selects the whole document.
34176 \begin_layout Subsection
34180 \begin_layout Standard
34181 Described in section
34182 \begin_inset Space ~
34186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34188 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34195 \begin_layout Subsection
34196 Move paragraph Up/Down
34199 \begin_layout Standard
34200 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34204 \begin_layout Subsection
34208 \begin_layout Standard
34209 Described in section
34210 \begin_inset Space ~
34214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34216 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34223 \begin_layout Subsection
34228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34229 Paragraph ! Settings
34237 \begin_layout Standard
34238 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34240 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34243 \begin_layout Standard
34244 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34245 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34248 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34254 \begin_inset Space ~
34262 \begin_layout Subsection
34266 \begin_layout Standard
34267 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34268 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34269 The properties of tables are described in section
34270 \begin_inset Space ~
34274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34276 reference "sec:Tables"
34280 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34281 \begin_inset Space ~
34285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34287 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34294 \begin_layout Subsection
34295 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34298 \begin_layout Standard
34299 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34301 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34302 \begin_inset Space ~
34306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34308 reference "sec:Nesting"
34313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34315 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34322 \begin_layout Section
34327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34336 \begin_layout Standard
34341 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34342 document with an external program.
34343 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34344 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34345 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34346 \begin_inset Space ~
34350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34352 reference "sub:Export"
34357 You should at least see the menu entries
34364 \begin_inset Space ~
34370 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34371 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34372 \begin_inset Space ~
34376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34378 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34387 Reconfiguration of LyX
34395 \begin_layout Standard
34396 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34397 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34398 \begin_inset Space ~
34402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34404 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34409 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34412 \begin_layout Standard
34413 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34416 At the bottom of the
34420 menu the opened documents are listed.
34423 \begin_layout Subsection
34427 \begin_layout Standard
34428 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34430 \begin_inset Space ~
34434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34436 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34443 \begin_layout Subsection
34447 \begin_layout Standard
34448 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34449 opening a new view window.
34452 \begin_layout Subsection
34454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34456 name "sub:Toolbars"
34464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34473 \begin_layout Standard
34474 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34475 All toolbars and the
34478 \begin_inset Space ~
34483 can be turned on and off.
34488 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34500 \begin_inset Space ~
34509 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34513 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34520 \begin_layout Standard
34525 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34529 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34530 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34531 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34532 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34533 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34537 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34538 \begin_inset Space ~
34542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34544 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34551 \begin_layout Section
34556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34565 \begin_layout Subsection
34569 \begin_layout Standard
34570 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34571 \begin_inset Space ~
34575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34577 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34584 \begin_layout Subsection
34586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34588 name "sub:Special-Character"
34595 \begin_layout Standard
34596 Here you can insert the following characters:
34599 \begin_layout Description
34600 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34604 \begin_layout Description
34606 \begin_inset Space ~
34610 \begin_inset Space ~
34613 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34614 \begin_inset Space ~
34618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34620 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34627 \begin_layout Description
34629 \begin_inset Space ~
34632 Quote Inserts this quote:
34633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34636 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34638 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34648 \begin_layout Description
34650 \begin_inset Space ~
34653 Quote Inserts this quote:
34654 \begin_inset Quotes els
34660 \begin_layout Description
34662 \begin_inset Space ~
34665 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34669 \begin_layout Description
34671 \begin_inset Space ~
34678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34694 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34695 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34696 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34705 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34711 \begin_inset Newline newline
34714 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34718 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34726 and this Wiki-page:
34727 \begin_inset Newline newline
34731 \begin_inset Flex URL
34734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34736 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34744 \begin_layout Subsection
34748 \begin_layout Standard
34749 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34752 \begin_layout Description
34753 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34754 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34760 \begin_layout Description
34761 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34762 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34768 \begin_layout Description
34770 \begin_inset Space ~
34773 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34774 \begin_inset Space ~
34778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34780 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34787 \begin_layout Description
34789 \begin_inset Space ~
34792 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34793 \begin_inset Space ~
34797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34799 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34806 \begin_layout Description
34808 \begin_inset Space ~
34811 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34812 \begin_inset Space ~
34816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34818 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34825 \begin_layout Description
34827 \begin_inset Space ~
34830 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34831 \begin_inset Space ~
34835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34837 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34844 \begin_layout Description
34846 \begin_inset Space ~
34849 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34850 \begin_inset Space ~
34854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34856 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34863 \begin_layout Description
34865 \begin_inset Space ~
34868 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34869 \begin_inset Space ~
34873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34875 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34882 \begin_layout Description
34884 \begin_inset Space ~
34887 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34888 \begin_inset Space ~
34892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34894 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34901 \begin_layout Description
34903 \begin_inset Space ~
34906 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34907 \begin_inset Space ~
34911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34913 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34920 \begin_layout Description
34922 \begin_inset Space ~
34925 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34926 \begin_inset Space ~
34930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34932 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34939 \begin_layout Description
34941 \begin_inset Space ~
34944 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34945 \begin_inset Space ~
34949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34951 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34958 \begin_layout Description
34960 \begin_inset Space ~
34963 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34964 \begin_inset Space ~
34968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34970 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34977 \begin_layout Description
34979 \begin_inset Space ~
34983 \begin_inset Space ~
34986 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34987 \begin_inset Space ~
34991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34993 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35000 \begin_layout Subsection
35004 \begin_layout Standard
35005 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35006 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35008 \begin_inset Space ~
35012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35014 reference "sec:toc"
35019 The index list is described in section
35020 \begin_inset Space ~
35024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35026 reference "sec:Index"
35030 , the nomenclature in section
35031 \begin_inset Space ~
35035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35037 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35041 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35042 \begin_inset Space ~
35046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35048 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35055 \begin_layout Subsection
35059 \begin_layout Standard
35060 To insert floats, described in section
35061 \begin_inset Space ~
35065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35067 reference "sec:Floats"
35074 \begin_layout Subsection
35078 \begin_layout Standard
35079 To insert notes, described in section
35080 \begin_inset Space ~
35084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35086 reference "sec:Notes"
35093 \begin_layout Subsection
35097 \begin_layout Standard
35098 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35099 \begin_inset Space ~
35103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35105 reference "sec:Branches"
35112 \begin_layout Subsection
35117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35126 \begin_layout Standard
35127 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35128 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35139 \begin_layout Subsection
35144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35153 \begin_layout Standard
35154 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35155 \begin_inset Space ~
35159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35161 reference "sec:Minipages"
35166 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35177 \begin_layout Subsection
35181 \begin_layout Standard
35182 Inserts a citation as described in section
35183 \begin_inset Space ~
35187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35189 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35196 \begin_layout Subsection
35200 \begin_layout Standard
35201 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35202 \begin_inset Space ~
35206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35208 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35215 \begin_layout Subsection
35219 \begin_layout Standard
35220 Inserts a label as described in section
35221 \begin_inset Space ~
35225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35227 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35234 \begin_layout Subsection
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35250 Longtables ! Caption
35258 \begin_layout Standard
35259 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35260 Floats are described in section
35261 \begin_inset Space ~
35265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35267 reference "sec:Floats"
35271 , cations in longtables are described in section
35282 \begin_layout Subsection
35286 \begin_layout Standard
35287 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35288 \begin_inset Space ~
35292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35294 reference "sec:Index"
35301 \begin_layout Subsection
35305 \begin_layout Standard
35306 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35307 \begin_inset Space ~
35311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35313 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35320 \begin_layout Subsection
35324 \begin_layout Standard
35326 Tables are described in section
35327 \begin_inset Space ~
35331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35333 reference "sec:Tables"
35340 \begin_layout Subsection
35344 \begin_layout Standard
35346 Graphics are described in section
35347 \begin_inset Space ~
35351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35353 reference "sec:Graphics"
35360 \begin_layout Subsection
35364 \begin_layout Standard
35365 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35366 \begin_inset Space ~
35370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35372 reference "sec:URL"
35379 \begin_layout Subsection
35383 \begin_layout Standard
35384 Inserts a footnote, see section
35385 \begin_inset Space ~
35389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35391 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35398 \begin_layout Subsection
35402 \begin_layout Standard
35403 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35404 \begin_inset Space ~
35408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35410 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35417 \begin_layout Subsection
35421 \begin_layout Standard
35422 Inserts a short title, see section
35423 \begin_inset Space ~
35427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35429 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35436 \begin_layout Subsection
35440 \begin_layout Standard
35441 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35442 \begin_inset Space ~
35446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35448 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35455 \begin_layout Subsection
35460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35469 \begin_layout Standard
35470 Inserts a program listings box.
35471 Program listings are explained in chapter
35473 Program Code Listings
35482 \begin_layout Subsection
35486 \begin_layout Standard
35487 Inserts the actual date.
35488 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35490 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35500 There the different methods are also compared.
35503 \begin_layout Section
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35517 \begin_layout Standard
35518 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35519 the current document.
35520 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35523 \begin_layout Standard
35524 The Navigate menu also offers to
35527 \begin_layout Subsection
35531 \begin_layout Standard
35532 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35533 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35536 \begin_inset Space ~
35540 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35541 \begin_inset Space ~
35544 2.5 and use the menu
35547 \begin_inset Space ~
35551 \begin_inset Space ~
35558 \begin_inset Space ~
35564 \begin_inset Space ~
35568 \begin_inset Space ~
35574 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35586 \begin_layout Standard
35587 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35588 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35591 \begin_layout Subsection
35592 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35595 \begin_layout Standard
35596 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35600 \begin_layout Subsection
35604 \begin_layout Standard
35605 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35606 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35607 on a cross-reference box.
35610 \begin_layout Section
35615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35624 \begin_layout Subsection
35628 \begin_layout Standard
35629 Change Tracking is described in section
35630 \begin_inset Space ~
35634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35636 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35643 \begin_layout Subsection
35648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35658 \begin_layout Standard
35659 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35661 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35664 \begin_layout Standard
35665 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35670 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35673 \begin_layout Subsection
35677 \begin_layout Standard
35678 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35679 \begin_inset Space ~
35683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35685 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35692 \begin_layout Subsection
35693 Start Appendix Here
35696 \begin_layout Standard
35697 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35698 position as described in section
35699 \begin_inset Space ~
35703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35705 reference "sec:Appendices"
35712 \begin_layout Subsection
35716 \begin_layout Standard
35717 Un/compresses the actual document.
35720 \begin_layout Subsection
35722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35724 name "sub:Settings"
35732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35733 Document ! Settings
35741 \begin_layout Standard
35742 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35744 You can save your document settings as default with the
35746 Save as Document Defaults
35748 button in the dialog.
35749 This will create a template named
35753 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35757 \begin_layout Standard
35758 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35761 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35765 \begin_layout Standard
35766 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35767 Document classes are described in section
35768 \begin_inset Space ~
35772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35774 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35779 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35784 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
35785 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35788 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35792 \begin_layout Standard
35793 The document font settings are described in section
35794 \begin_inset Space ~
35798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35800 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35807 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35811 \begin_layout Standard
35812 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35814 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35818 \begin_layout Standard
35819 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35820 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35821 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35824 \begin_layout Standard
35825 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35833 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35837 \begin_layout Standard
35838 A description of this menu is given in section
35839 \begin_inset Space ~
35843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35845 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35852 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35859 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35863 \begin_layout Standard
35864 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35865 \begin_inset Space ~
35869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35871 reference "sub:Margins"
35878 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35884 Language ! Encoding
35892 \begin_layout Standard
35893 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35894 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35895 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35896 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35897 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35898 known for a particular character).
35902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35903 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35904 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35909 manual for details.
35917 \begin_layout Standard
35918 If you use the option
35920 use language's default encoding
35922 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35924 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35925 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35926 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35927 exactly one encoding.
35928 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35937 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35938 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35940 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35941 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35955 \begin_layout Standard
35956 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35957 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35958 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35959 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35960 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35961 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35964 use language's default encoding
35966 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35967 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35968 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35971 \begin_layout Standard
35972 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35975 \begin_layout Description
35977 \begin_inset Space ~
35982 use language's default encoding
35984 , but the LaTeX-package
35992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35993 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35999 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
36002 \begin_layout Description
36003 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36006 \begin_layout Description
36007 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36008 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36011 \begin_layout Description
36012 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36015 \begin_layout Description
36016 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36019 \begin_layout Description
36020 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36023 \begin_layout Description
36024 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36027 \begin_layout Description
36028 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36031 \begin_layout Description
36032 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36033 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36036 \begin_layout Description
36037 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36038 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36041 \begin_layout Description
36042 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36045 \begin_layout Description
36046 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36049 \begin_layout Description
36050 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36053 \begin_layout Description
36054 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36057 \begin_layout Description
36058 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36059 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36060 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36064 \begin_layout Description
36065 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36066 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36069 \begin_layout Description
36070 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36074 \begin_layout Description
36075 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36078 \begin_layout Description
36079 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36080 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36083 \begin_layout Description
36084 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36085 the euro currency sign, the
36089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36098 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36099 be the replacement for latin1
36102 \begin_layout Description
36103 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36106 \begin_layout Description
36107 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36116 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36121 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36124 \begin_layout Description
36125 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36129 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36132 \begin_layout Description
36133 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36142 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36147 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36150 \begin_layout Description
36151 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36155 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36164 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36165 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36179 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36183 \begin_layout Standard
36184 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36186 \begin_inset Space ~
36190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36192 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36199 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36203 \begin_layout Standard
36204 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
36210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36211 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36227 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36233 For a further description see section
36234 \begin_inset Space ~
36238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36240 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36247 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36251 \begin_layout Standard
36252 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
36258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36259 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36273 LaTeX-packages ! esint
36280 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36283 \begin_layout Standard
36288 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36289 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36292 \begin_layout Standard
36297 is used for special integral characters.
36300 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36304 \begin_layout Standard
36305 The float placement options are described in section
36306 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36312 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36319 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36323 \begin_layout Standard
36324 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36325 The itemize environment is described in section
36326 \begin_inset Space ~
36330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36332 reference "sec:Itemize"
36339 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36343 \begin_layout Standard
36344 Branches are described in section
36345 \begin_inset Space ~
36349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36351 reference "sec:Branches"
36358 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36373 \begin_layout Standard
36374 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36375 to define LaTeX-commands.
36376 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36377 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36381 \begin_layout Standard
36382 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36383 \begin_inset Space ~
36387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36389 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36396 \begin_layout Section
36401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36410 \begin_layout Subsection
36414 \begin_layout Standard
36415 Spell checking is explained in section
36416 \begin_inset Space ~
36420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36422 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36429 \begin_layout Subsection
36433 \begin_layout Standard
36434 The thesaurus is described in section
36435 \begin_inset Space ~
36439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36441 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36448 \begin_layout Subsection
36453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36462 \begin_layout Standard
36463 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36467 \begin_layout Subsection
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36501 \begin_inset Note Note
36504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36505 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36514 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36517 \begin_layout Subsection
36522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36523 Reconfiguration of LyX
36532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36533 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36544 Reconfiguration of LyX
36548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36563 \begin_layout Standard
36564 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36565 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36566 \begin_inset Space ~
36570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36572 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36579 \begin_layout Subsection
36583 \begin_layout Standard
36584 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36585 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36591 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36598 \begin_layout Section
36603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36612 \begin_layout Standard
36613 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36617 \begin_layout Standard
36621 \begin_inset Space ~
36626 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36627 found by LyX (see also section
36628 \begin_inset Space ~
36632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36634 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36641 \begin_layout Section
36643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36645 name "sec:Toolbars"
36652 \begin_layout Standard
36653 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36654 \begin_inset Space ~
36658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36660 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36667 \begin_layout Standard
36668 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36669 This is described in the
36677 \begin_layout Subsection
36682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36691 \begin_layout Standard
36692 \begin_inset Graphics
36693 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36702 \begin_layout Standard
36703 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36709 \begin_layout Standard
36710 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36727 \begin_inset Note Note
36730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36731 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36736 manual for more information.
36744 \begin_layout Standard
36745 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36751 \begin_layout Standard
36752 \begin_inset Tabular
36753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36754 <features islongtable="true">
36755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36762 \begin_inset Graphics
36763 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36778 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36791 \begin_layout Standard
36792 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36798 \begin_layout Standard
36800 \begin_inset Tabular
36801 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36802 <features islongtable="true">
36803 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36804 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36812 \begin_inset Graphics
36813 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36815 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36830 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36842 \begin_inset Graphics
36843 filename ../images/file-open.png
36845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36872 \begin_inset Graphics
36873 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36875 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36890 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36897 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 \begin_inset Graphics
36903 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36905 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36920 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36927 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36932 \begin_inset Graphics
36933 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36962 \begin_inset Graphics
36963 filename ../images/undo.png
36965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36980 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 \begin_inset Graphics
36993 filename ../images/redo.png
36995 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37022 \begin_inset Graphics
37023 filename ../images/cut.png
37025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37052 \begin_inset Graphics
37053 filename ../images/copy.png
37055 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37070 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37082 \begin_inset Graphics
37083 filename ../images/paste.png
37085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37100 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 \begin_inset Graphics
37113 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37115 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37116 rotateOrigin center
37125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37131 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37133 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37137 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37151 \begin_inset Graphics
37152 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37154 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37167 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37169 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37171 \begin_inset Space ~
37182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37187 \begin_inset Graphics
37188 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37190 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37203 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37205 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37207 \begin_inset Space ~
37218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37223 \begin_inset Graphics
37224 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37226 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37239 Formats text using the current settings in the
37241 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37243 \begin_inset Space ~
37254 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37259 \begin_inset Graphics
37260 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37262 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37278 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37280 \begin_inset Space ~
37289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37294 \begin_inset Graphics
37295 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37297 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37298 rotateOrigin center
37307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37325 \begin_inset Graphics
37326 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37329 rotateOrigin center
37338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37356 \begin_inset Graphics
37357 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37359 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37360 rotateOrigin center
37369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37373 Toggle outline window on/off,
37375 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 \begin_inset Graphics
37388 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37390 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37391 rotateOrigin center
37400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37404 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37410 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37415 \begin_inset Graphics
37416 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37418 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37419 rotateOrigin center
37428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37432 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37445 \begin_layout Subsection
37450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37459 \begin_layout Standard
37460 \begin_inset Graphics
37461 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37470 \begin_layout Standard
37471 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37477 \begin_layout Standard
37478 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37482 \begin_layout Standard
37483 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37489 \begin_layout Standard
37490 \begin_inset Tabular
37491 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37492 <features islongtable="true">
37493 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37494 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 \begin_inset Graphics
37501 filename ../images/layout.png
37503 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37504 rotateOrigin center
37513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 \begin_inset Graphics
37529 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37532 rotateOrigin center
37541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37556 \begin_inset Graphics
37557 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37560 rotateOrigin center
37569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37584 \begin_inset Graphics
37585 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37587 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37588 rotateOrigin center
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37612 \begin_inset Graphics
37613 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37616 rotateOrigin center
37625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37635 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37640 \begin_inset Graphics
37641 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37643 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37644 rotateOrigin center
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37661 \begin_inset Space ~
37665 \begin_inset Space ~
37674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37679 \begin_inset Graphics
37680 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37683 rotateOrigin center
37692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37698 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37700 \begin_inset Space ~
37704 \begin_inset Space ~
37713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37718 \begin_inset Graphics
37719 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37737 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37744 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37749 \begin_inset Graphics
37750 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37752 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37768 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37775 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37780 \begin_inset Graphics
37781 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37810 \begin_inset Graphics
37811 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37840 \begin_inset Graphics
37841 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37843 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37870 \begin_inset Graphics
37871 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37873 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37890 \begin_inset Space ~
37899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37904 \begin_inset Graphics
37905 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37924 \begin_inset Space ~
37933 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 \begin_inset Graphics
37939 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37968 \begin_inset Graphics
37969 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37972 rotateOrigin center
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37989 \begin_inset Space ~
37998 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38003 \begin_inset Graphics
38004 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38006 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38022 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38024 \begin_inset Space ~
38033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38038 \begin_inset Graphics
38039 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38041 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 \begin_inset Graphics
38069 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38071 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38086 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38093 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38098 \begin_inset Graphics
38099 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38143 \begin_inset Graphics
38144 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38146 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38162 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38164 \begin_inset Space ~
38173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38178 \begin_inset Graphics
38179 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38181 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38182 rotateOrigin center
38191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38197 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38199 \begin_inset Space ~
38208 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38213 \begin_inset Graphics
38214 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38217 rotateOrigin center
38226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38232 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38234 \begin_inset Space ~
38243 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38248 \begin_inset Graphics
38249 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38252 rotateOrigin center
38261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38267 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38281 \begin_layout Subsection
38282 View / Update Toolbar
38286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 Toolbar ! View / Update
38295 \begin_layout Standard
38296 \begin_inset Graphics
38297 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38305 \begin_layout Standard
38306 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38312 \begin_layout Standard
38313 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38317 \begin_layout Standard
38318 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38324 \begin_layout Standard
38325 \begin_inset Tabular
38326 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38327 <features islongtable="true">
38328 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38329 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38335 \begin_inset Graphics
38336 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38338 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38339 rotateOrigin center
38348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38361 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38366 \begin_inset Graphics
38367 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38370 rotateOrigin center
38379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38385 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38386 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38398 \begin_inset Graphics
38399 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38401 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38402 rotateOrigin center
38411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38429 \begin_inset Graphics
38430 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38433 rotateOrigin center
38442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38448 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38449 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38455 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38456 functionality is merged with
38458 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38478 \begin_inset Graphics
38479 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38481 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38482 rotateOrigin center
38491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38497 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38504 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38509 \begin_inset Graphics
38510 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38512 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38513 rotateOrigin center
38522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38528 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38529 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38543 \begin_layout Subsection
38547 \begin_layout Standard
38548 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38549 \begin_inset Space ~
38553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38555 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38559 , the table toolbar
38563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38569 is explained in the
38576 \begin_layout Chapter
38582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38584 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38601 \begin_layout Standard
38602 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38604 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38607 \begin_layout Section
38611 \begin_layout Subsection
38613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38624 Customization ! of toolbars
38633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38634 Customization ! of menus
38642 \begin_layout Standard
38643 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38651 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38659 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38660 User Interface File
38664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38665 Customization ! of toolbars
38674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38675 Customization ! of menus
38683 \begin_layout Standard
38684 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38685 interface (ui) file.
38686 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38687 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38696 Both files are loaded by the
38701 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38702 files and edit the entries.
38705 \begin_layout Standard
38706 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38718 entries must be ended with an explicit
38743 and in the case of the
38744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38756 The syntax for the entries is:
38759 \begin_layout Standard
38760 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38788 \begin_layout Standard
38790 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38793 All LyX-functions are listed in
38794 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38803 \begin_layout Standard
38804 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38810 \begin_layout Standard
38811 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38813 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38816 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38820 \begin_layout Standard
38821 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38826 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38829 \begin_layout Standard
38831 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38834 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38851 \begin_layout Standard
38852 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38853 Several binding files are available:
38856 \begin_layout Description
38857 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38860 \begin_layout Description
38861 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38872 \begin_layout Description
38873 mac.bind set of bindings for
38876 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38884 \begin_layout Standard
38885 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38889 , and bind files for special languages.
38890 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38900 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38904 \begin_layout Standard
38905 Some bind-files, like
38909 , have only a small scope.
38910 When looking at the the end of the file
38914 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38917 \begin_layout Standard
38918 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38919 s with a text editor.
38920 The syntax of the entries is:
38923 \begin_layout Standard
38929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38947 \begin_layout Standard
38948 All LyX-functions are listed in
38949 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38958 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38962 \begin_layout Standard
38966 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38970 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38973 restore window size, or use fixed size
38975 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38979 \begin_layout Standard
38983 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38987 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38990 restore window position
38992 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38995 \begin_layout Standard
38998 Restore cursor positions
39000 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39004 \begin_layout Standard
39007 Load opened files from last session
39009 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39012 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39016 name "sub:Backup documents"
39024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39033 \begin_layout Standard
39038 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39041 \begin_layout Standard
39046 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39049 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39051 \begin_inset Space ~
39059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39063 \begin_layout Standard
39066 Cursor follows scrollbar
39068 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39076 \begin_layout Standard
39079 Enable Pixmap Cache
39081 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39082 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39083 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39084 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39086 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39087 \begin_inset Space ~
39093 \begin_layout Subsection
39098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39107 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39114 \begin_layout Standard
39115 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39118 \begin_layout Standard
39119 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39127 This section only deals with the fonts
39132 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39135 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39136 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39147 \begin_layout Standard
39148 By default, LyX uses
39152 as roman (serif) font,
39160 (depends on the system) as
39163 \begin_inset Space ~
39179 \begin_layout Standard
39180 You can change the font size with the
39187 \begin_layout Standard
39192 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39193 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39195 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39198 points have the size of 1
39199 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39203 \begin_inset Space ~
39207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39209 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39216 \begin_layout Standard
39221 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39222 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39226 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39227 \begin_inset Space ~
39231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39233 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39240 \begin_layout Subsection
39245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39264 \begin_layout Standard
39265 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39266 Choose an item in the list and use the
39273 \begin_layout Subsection
39278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39279 Settings ! Graphics
39287 \begin_layout Standard
39288 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39291 \begin_layout Standard
39296 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39297 This feature is described in section
39298 \begin_inset Space ~
39302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39304 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39311 \begin_layout Subsection
39316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39327 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39335 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39342 \begin_layout Standard
39343 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39344 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39346 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39350 \begin_inset Space ~
39353 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39354 can use the keyboard map file named
39361 \begin_layout Standard
39362 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39370 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39378 \begin_layout Section
39383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39394 Settings ! Directory
39402 \begin_layout Description
39404 \begin_inset Space ~
39407 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39408 It is the default when you
39419 \begin_inset Space ~
39427 \begin_layout Description
39429 \begin_inset Space ~
39432 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39434 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39436 \begin_inset Space ~
39440 \begin_inset Space ~
39448 \begin_layout Description
39450 \begin_inset Space ~
39457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39463 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39464 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39465 \begin_inset Space ~
39469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39471 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39479 will be used to save the backups.
39480 \begin_inset Newline newline
39483 The backup files have the ending
39484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39494 \begin_layout Description
39499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39506 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39507 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39508 \begin_inset Newline newline
39512 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39520 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39528 \begin_layout Description
39530 \begin_inset Space ~
39533 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39536 \begin_layout Description
39538 \begin_inset Space ~
39541 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39542 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39543 to find it on the system.
39544 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39545 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39547 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39551 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39554 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39555 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39559 \begin_layout Section
39563 \begin_layout Standard
39564 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39565 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39567 \begin_inset Space ~
39571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39573 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39577 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39580 \begin_layout Section
39585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39586 Language ! Settings
39595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39596 Settings ! Language
39604 \begin_layout Subsection
39608 \begin_layout Description
39610 \begin_inset Space ~
39613 language is the language used in new documents
39616 \begin_layout Description
39618 \begin_inset Space ~
39621 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39623 The default is the LaTeX-command
39629 that loads the package
39637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39638 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39639 \begin_inset Space ~
39643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39645 reference "sec:ERT"
39655 \begin_inset Newline newline
39662 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39663 the document language.
39664 A text label is for instance the word
39665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39672 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39675 \begin_layout Description
39677 \begin_inset Space ~
39680 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39681 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39682 An example is the start command
39688 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39693 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39708 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39713 \begin_layout Description
39715 \begin_inset Space ~
39723 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39724 command toggles the package on and off.
39727 \begin_layout Description
39729 \begin_inset Space ~
39739 \begin_layout Description
39740 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39741 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39742 used by all LaTeX-packages.
39743 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39750 \begin_layout Description
39752 \begin_inset Space ~
39755 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39757 When this option is not set, the
39760 \begin_inset Space ~
39765 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39766 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39769 \begin_inset Space ~
39777 \begin_layout Description
39779 \begin_inset Space ~
39785 \begin_inset Space ~
39791 When it is not set, the
39794 \begin_inset Space ~
39799 is set to the end of the document.
39802 \begin_layout Description
39804 \begin_inset Space ~
39808 \begin_inset Space ~
39811 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39812 language will be underlined blue.
39815 \begin_layout Description
39817 \begin_inset Space ~
39821 \begin_inset Space ~
39825 \begin_inset Space ~
39829 \begin_inset Space ~
39832 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39836 \begin_layout Subsection
39840 \begin_layout Standard
39841 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39842 \begin_inset Space ~
39846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39848 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39855 \begin_layout Section
39859 \begin_layout Subsection
39861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39890 \begin_layout Description
39892 \begin_inset Space ~
39895 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39896 The name will be used when the
39901 \begin_inset Newline newline
39905 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39913 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39922 \begin_layout Description
39924 \begin_inset Space ~
39928 \begin_inset Space ~
39932 \begin_inset Space ~
39935 printer This option works only for the
39940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39952 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39953 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39956 \begin_layout Description
39958 \begin_inset Space ~
39961 command is the command LyX
39962 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39966 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39969 LaTeX uses for printing.
39970 The default is on most systems
39977 \begin_layout Description
39979 \begin_inset Space ~
39983 \begin_inset Space ~
39986 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39987 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39988 of the program that provides the
39995 \begin_layout Subsection
40000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40011 Settings ! Date format
40019 \begin_layout Standard
40020 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40021 \begin_inset Newline newline
40025 \begin_inset Flex URL
40028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40030 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40036 \begin_inset Newline newline
40039 For example the format
40040 \begin_inset Newline newline
40044 \begin_inset Newline newline
40047 prints the date as day/month/year.
40050 \begin_layout Subsection
40054 \begin_layout Description
40056 \begin_inset Space ~
40060 \begin_inset Space ~
40063 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40066 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40067 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40069 \begin_inset Space ~
40075 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40079 \begin_layout Description
40081 \begin_inset Space ~
40084 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40089 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40090 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40093 \begin_layout Subsection
40098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40108 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40125 \begin_layout Description
40130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40138 \begin_inset Space ~
40141 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40146 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40168 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40181 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40182 LyX sets up in the background.
40183 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40186 \begin_layout Description
40188 \begin_inset Space ~
40192 \begin_inset Space ~
40195 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40200 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40203 \begin_layout Description
40205 \begin_inset Space ~
40209 \begin_inset Space ~
40213 \begin_inset Space ~
40217 \begin_inset Space ~
40221 \begin_inset Space ~
40225 \begin_inset Space ~
40228 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40233 dialog when changing the document class.
40236 \begin_layout Standard
40239 External Applications
40241 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40242 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40243 manuals of the applications.
40244 Currently the following commands can be set:
40247 \begin_layout Description
40252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40260 \begin_inset Space ~
40263 command Command for the program
40267 that is described in section
40278 \begin_layout Description
40283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40291 \begin_inset Space ~
40294 command Command for the program
40298 that generates the bibliography, see section
40299 \begin_inset Space ~
40303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40305 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40312 \begin_layout Description
40314 \begin_inset Space ~
40317 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40318 \begin_inset Space ~
40322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40324 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40331 \begin_layout Description
40333 \begin_inset Space ~
40337 \begin_inset Space ~
40341 \begin_inset Space ~
40345 \begin_inset Space ~
40348 options They only have an effect when the program
40352 is used as DVI-viewer.
40355 \begin_layout Subsection
40360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40379 \begin_layout Standard
40384 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40387 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40389 uses the Windows path style:
40392 \begin_layout Standard
40400 \begin_layout Standard
40401 instead of the Unix path style:
40404 \begin_layout Standard
40408 \begin_layout Section
40413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40422 \begin_layout Standard
40423 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40424 from one format to another.
40425 You can modify them or create new ones.
40426 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40433 \begin_inset Space ~
40443 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40447 \begin_inset Space ~
40452 drop-down list, modify the
40456 field, and press the
40463 \begin_layout Standard
40466 Converter File Cache
40468 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40471 Maximum Age (in days
40474 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40475 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40478 \begin_layout Standard
40479 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40480 the converter definition, is described in section
40491 \begin_layout Section
40496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40505 name "sec:File-Formats"
40512 \begin_layout Standard
40513 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40514 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40516 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40524 \begin_inset Space ~
40536 \begin_layout Standard
40537 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40538 is described in section
40549 \begin_layout Section
40554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40563 \begin_layout Standard
40564 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40565 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40566 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40567 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40568 This is done by a Copier.
40571 \begin_layout Standard
40572 More about converters is described in section
40583 \begin_layout Chapter
40584 Units available in LyX
40588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40597 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40604 \begin_layout Standard
40605 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40608 reference "cap:Units"
40612 explains all units available in LyX.
40615 \begin_layout Standard
40616 \begin_inset Float table
40622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40623 \begin_inset Caption
40625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40641 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40649 \begin_inset Tabular
40650 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40749 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40753 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40777 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40781 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40804 scaled point (65536
40805 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40809 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40833 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40837 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40861 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40865 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40869 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40893 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40897 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40920 % of original image width
40927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41109 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41113 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41134 \begin_layout Chapter
41136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41145 \begin_layout Standard
41146 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41147 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41150 \begin_layout Itemize
41153 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41156 \begin_layout Itemize
41162 \begin_layout Itemize
41168 \begin_layout Itemize
41174 \begin_layout Itemize
41180 \begin_layout Itemize
41186 \begin_layout Itemize
41192 \begin_layout Itemize
41198 \begin_layout Itemize
41201 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41204 \begin_layout Itemize
41210 \begin_layout Itemize
41216 \begin_layout Itemize
41222 \begin_layout Itemize
41228 \begin_layout Itemize
41234 \begin_layout Itemize
41240 \begin_layout Itemize
41246 \begin_layout Itemize
41252 \begin_layout Itemize
41254 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41263 \begin_layout Standard
41264 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41267 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41274 \begin_layout Bibliography
41275 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41276 LatexCommand bibitem
41283 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41286 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41291 \begin_inset Newline newline
41295 \begin_inset Flex URL
41298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41300 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41308 \begin_layout Bibliography
41309 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41310 LatexCommand bibitem
41311 key "latexcompanion"
41315 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41317 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41320 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41323 \begin_layout Bibliography
41324 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41325 LatexCommand bibitem
41330 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41333 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41336 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41339 \begin_layout Bibliography
41340 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41341 LatexCommand bibitem
41348 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41351 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41354 \begin_layout Bibliography
41355 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41356 LatexCommand bibitem
41368 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41371 \begin_layout Bibliography
41372 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41373 LatexCommand bibitem
41379 \begin_inset Newline newline
41383 \begin_inset Flex URL
41386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41388 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41396 \begin_layout Bibliography
41397 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41398 LatexCommand bibitem
41404 \begin_inset Newline newline
41408 \begin_inset Flex URL
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41413 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41421 \begin_layout Bibliography
41422 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41423 LatexCommand bibitem
41429 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41431 name "Documentation"
41432 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41441 \begin_inset Newline newline
41445 \begin_inset Flex URL
41448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41450 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41458 \begin_layout Bibliography
41459 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41460 LatexCommand bibitem
41466 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41468 name "Documentation"
41469 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41473 of the LaTeX-package
41481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41482 LaTeX-packages ! caption
41488 \begin_inset Newline newline
41492 \begin_inset Flex URL
41495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41497 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41505 \begin_layout Bibliography
41506 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41507 LatexCommand bibitem
41513 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41515 name "Documentation"
41516 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41520 of the LaTeX-package
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41529 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41535 \begin_inset Newline newline
41539 \begin_inset Flex URL
41542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41544 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41552 \begin_layout Bibliography
41553 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41554 LatexCommand bibitem
41560 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41562 name "Documentation"
41563 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41567 of the LaTeX-package
41575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41576 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41582 \begin_inset Newline newline
41586 \begin_inset Flex URL
41589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41591 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41599 \begin_layout Bibliography
41600 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41601 LatexCommand bibitem
41607 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41609 name "Documentation"
41610 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41614 of the LaTeX-package
41622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41623 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41629 \begin_inset Newline newline
41633 \begin_inset Flex URL
41636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41638 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41646 \begin_layout Bibliography
41647 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41648 LatexCommand bibitem
41654 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41656 name "Documentation"
41657 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41661 of the LaTeX-package
41669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41670 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41676 \begin_inset Newline newline
41680 \begin_inset Flex URL
41683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41685 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41693 \begin_layout Bibliography
41694 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41695 LatexCommand bibitem
41701 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41704 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41708 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41709 \begin_inset Newline newline
41713 \begin_inset Flex URL
41716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41718 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41726 \begin_layout Bibliography
41727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41728 LatexCommand bibitem
41734 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41737 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41741 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41742 \begin_inset Newline newline
41746 \begin_inset Flex URL
41749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41751 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41759 \begin_layout Bibliography
41760 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41761 LatexCommand bibitem
41767 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41770 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41774 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41775 \begin_inset Newline newline
41779 \begin_inset Flex URL
41782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41784 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41792 \begin_layout Bibliography
41793 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41794 LatexCommand bibitem
41800 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41803 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41807 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41808 \begin_inset Newline newline
41812 \begin_inset Flex URL
41815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41817 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41825 \begin_layout Bibliography
41826 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41827 LatexCommand bibitem
41833 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41836 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41840 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41841 \begin_inset Newline newline
41845 \begin_inset Flex URL
41848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41850 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41858 \begin_layout Bibliography
41859 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41860 LatexCommand bibitem
41866 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41869 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41873 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41874 \begin_inset Newline newline
41878 \begin_inset Flex URL
41881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41883 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41891 \begin_layout Bibliography
41892 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41893 LatexCommand bibitem
41899 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41902 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41906 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41907 \begin_inset Newline newline
41911 \begin_inset Flex URL
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41916 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41924 \begin_layout Bibliography
41925 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41926 LatexCommand bibitem
41932 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41935 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41939 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41940 \begin_inset Newline newline
41944 \begin_inset Flex URL
41947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41949 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41957 \begin_layout Standard
41958 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41992 \begin_inset Note Note
41995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42002 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42003 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42004 bibliography is the second one:
42012 \begin_layout Standard
42013 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42014 LatexCommand bibtex
42015 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs.bib"
42016 options "biblio/alphadin"
42023 \begin_layout Standard
42024 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42027 \begin_layout Standard
42030 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42031 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42036 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42037 LatexCommand printindex